AI assistant
Ashtead Group PLC — Annual Report 2016
Apr 30, 2016
4709_10-k_2016-04-30_11a4ed34-4a0f-4c62-8ec1-134747deb17f.pdf
Annual Report
Open in viewerOpens in your device viewer
GROWTH & DIVERSIFICATION
GENERATING STRONG RESULTS THROUGH DIVERSITY
At Ashtead we provide our customers with more than just equipment rental. We provide solutions.
From multinational businesses to individual do-ityourselfers - our experts are dedicated to delivering the best service.
From everyday things that matter, to mission-critical events where experience counts - we are there to supply what is needed.
Our objectives are to:
-
deliver sustainable value and above-average performance across the economic cycle, thereby extending our industry-leading position and delivering superior total returns for shareholders, and
-
deliver the very best levels of customer service throughout our networks to enable that growth every day.
STRATEGIC REPORT
- 2 Our group at a glance
- 1 Chairman's statement
- 5 Highlights of the year
- 8 Strategic review
- 12 Our markets
- 16 Our business model
- クフ Our strategy
- 28 Key performance indicators
- 30 Principal risks and uncertainties
- 33 Financial review
- 40 Responsible business report
DIRECTORS' REPORT
- 52 Our Board of directors
- 54 Corporate governance report
- 59 Audit Committee report
- 62 Nomination Committee report
- 63 Remuneration report
- 83 Other statutory disclosures
- 85 Statement of directors' responsibilities
OUR DIVERSE PORTFOLIO / STRATEGIC REPORT P22
STRONG CORPORATE GOVERNANCE/ DIRECTORS' REPORT 250
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- 88 Independent auditor's report to the members of Ashtead Group plc
- 91 Consolidated income statement
- 91 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
- 92 Consolidated balance sheet
- 93 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
- 94 Consolidated cash flow statement
- 95 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
A HEALTHY BALANCE SHEET / FINANCIAL STATEMENTS P.86
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
125 Ten-year history
125 Additional information
Forward looking statements
This artemly Latements These been made by he directors in ood faith binders internation
with becorred. on the store on the drectors in ond fair and survey on the best of the
OUR GROUP AT A GLANCE
Ashtead is an international equipment rental company with national networks in the US and the UK, and a small presence in Canada. We rent a full range of construction and industrial equipment across a wide variety of applications to a diverse customer base.
The second largest equipment rental company in North America with 546 stores in 45 states in the US and 13 stores in Canada.
The largest equipment rental company in the UK with 156 stores.
TARTSGECC REPORT
| 534 | Full service stores | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25 | Sunbelt at Lowes stores | |||
| 10.125 | Employees | |||
| 10% | \$3,277m | Revenue | ||
| 3% 1% BlueLine Rentals 1% |
Earth moving Pump and power Scaffold |
16% 9% 4% |
\$1,014m | Profits |
| 1% 4% c.16% c.57% |
Other | 19% | 24% Includes 13 stores in Canada. ** Excluding goodwill and intangible assets. |
Return on investment ** |
| Source: Management estimate based on IHS Global Insight market estimates. |
||||
| 156 | Stores | |||
| 2,968 | Employees | |||
| 1365m | Revenue | |||
| E 57 m | Profits | |||
| 6% | Forklifts | 10% | ||
| 5% | Earth moving | 20% | ||
| 3% | Accommodation | 15% | Return on investment* | |
| 3% | A Pump and power | 3% | " Excluding goodwill and intangible assets. | |
| 2% | Acrow | 4% | ||
| 2% | Traffic | 3% | ||
| 73% | Panels, fencing & barriers |
9% | ||
| US MARKET SHARE 7% UK MARKET SHARE 6% |
Forklifts | US FLEET COMPOSITION Aerial work platforms 35% 17% Source: Management information. UK FLEET COMPOSITION Aerial work platforms 11% |
15% |
CHAIRMAN'S STATEMENT
CHRIS COLE Chairman
CONTINUED GROWTH AND A STABLE OUTLOOK 22.5p
THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A FINAL DIVIDEND OF 18.5P PER SHARE. MAKING 22.5P FOR THE YEAR
I am pleased to report that the Group delivered strong growth again last year with excellent results in both North America and the UK. Both Sunbelt and A-Plant continue to set records in terms of revenue, marqins and profit.
We continue to operate in good markets and we are seeing the benefit from growth in demand for cur services and our expansion into new territories. Full-year revenue was £2,546m compared to £2,039m the previous year. Underlying pre-tax profit rose 24% year-on-year to £645m at constant exchange rates and our EBITDA margin rose to 46% (2015: 45%). Top-line growth continues to be the main driver of our profitability, and total rental revenue increased by 17% at constant exchange rates. Total rental revenue grew 18% at Sunbelt and 9% at A-Plant.
We have continued to invest responsibly in both the fleet and bolt-on acquisitions and are mindful of the flexibility that a young fleet age and low leverage provides. Group Rol for the year was a healthy 19% and despite continued significant investment in our fleet, our leverage reduced to 1.7 times EBITDA. This is towards the middle of the one and a half to two times leverage range, within which we believe the Group can operate comfortably. Our continued success demonstrates the strength of our strategy of organic growth, greenfield openings and bolt-on acquisitions, combined with geographic and sector diversity in generally good markets.
Maintaining a balanced and diverse board that reflects the breadth of our business remains our priority and I believe we continue to achieve this which provides good governance. We recently welcomed Lucinda Riches to the Board. I look forward to her contribution to the Group's continued growth and development. I would like to extend the Board's good wishes and thanks to Michael Burrow and Bruce Edwards who retire at the Annual General Meeting. They have witnessed significant growth in the business and supported us well over the last nine years.
On behalf of the Board I also extend my usual debt of gratitude to our employees. Ashtead would not be the enormously successful business nor the great place to work that it is without their continued dedication. Their attention to providing the very best customer service supports our year-on-year growth.
Our dividend policy remains a progressive one while always taking into account our aim to make dividends sustainable whatever stage we are at in our business cycle. In line with that objective and our excellent performance, the Board is recommending a final dividend of 18.5p per share making 22.5p for the year compared to 15.25p in 2015, an increase of 48%. Assuming the final dividend is approved at the Annual General Meeting, it will be paid on 9 September 2016 to shareholders on the register on 12 August 2016.
Reflecting the strength and cash generating potential of the business, we are now in a position to consider additional returns to shareholders while balancing capital efficiency with financial flexibility in a cyclical business and their impact on shareholder value. Accordingly, taking account of these factors, we intend to commence a share buyback of up to £200m in 2016/17.
Looking forward, we continue to see encouraging growth opportunities and expect further growth in 2016/17. Our end markets remain strong, the structural drivers are still in place and we have a strong balance sheet which allows us to execute our plans responsibly. As a consequence, the Board looks forward to the medium term with confidence.
CHRIS COLE Chairman 13 June 2016
5
ТЯОЧЭЯ ЗІОЭПАЯТ
HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR
| REVENUE (£m) | > Group rental revenue up 17%1 |
|---|---|
| > Group EBITA margins up to 29% (2015: 27%) |
|
| > Group underlying pre-tax profit of £645m, up 24% at constant exchange rates |
|
| > £65m spent on bolt-on acquisitions and 69 greenfield locations opened |
|
| UNDERLYING OPERATING PROFIT (£m) | > £1.2bn invested in the business (2015: £1.1bn) |
| > Group Rol of 19% (2015: 19%) | |
| > Net debt to EBITDA leverage' of 1.7 times (2015: 1.8 times) |
|
| UNDERLY!NG PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION (£m) | > Proposed final dividend of 18.5p, making 22.5p for the full year, up 48% (2015: 15.25p) |
| > Commencing share buyback of up to £200m |
|
| 1 At constant probably and rates |
Underlying profit and earnings per share are stated before exceptional items and amortisation of intangibles.
The definition of exceptional items is set out in Note 2 to th
PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION (£m)
WE ACQUIRED 68 NEW SITES IN NORTH AMERICA:
ALABAMA/ALBERTA/BRITISH COLUMBIA /CALIFORNIA/COLORADO/CONNECTICUT/ DELAWARE/FLORIDA/GEORGIA/ILLINOIS / INDIANA/ IOWA/KENTUCKY/LOUISIANA/ MARYLAND/MICHIGAN/MINNESOTA / MISSISSIPPI/MISSOURI/NEBRASKA/ NEW YORK NORTH CAROLINA COHIO /OKLAHOMA/OREGON/PENNSYLVANIA/ SASKATCHEWAN/TENNESSEE/TEXAS /UTAH/VIRGINIA/WISCONSIN
MAKING THINGS HAPPEN
Our equipment can be used to lift, power, generate, light, move, dig, compact, drill, support, access, scrub, pump, direct, heat and ventilate - whatever is required.
Here's how we helped make things happen in 2015/16:

1,000+ APPLICATIONS FOR APPRENTICESHIPS
7




500,000+ RENTAL ASSETS
2,700,000 RENTAL CONTRACTS WRITTEN
200+ ENTERTAINMENT EVENTS SUPPORTED

STRATEGIC REVIEW
In the following pages we explain how our business has performed, our market opportunities and how we have capitalised on them and how we create value:
- 12 Our markets
- 16 Our business model
- 22 Our strategy
- 28 Key performance indicators
- 30 Principal risks and uncertainties
- 33 Financial review
- 40 Responsible business report
FROM: PROTECTING
ATHLETES' LEGS

TO: SAVING
IOWA'S EGGS
The diversity of our fleet and service means we may be providing cooling units for southern sports teams one month and helping eradicate avian flu the next. Colleges rely on our Power Breezer cooling units to stop their football players overheating.
The US Department of Agriculture's emergency protocol required our industrial indirect-fired heater fleet to provide heat sustained at 110-120°F to eradicate avian flu at a chicken farm in lowa.

STRATEGIC REVIEW CONTINUED
GEOFF DRABBLE Chief executive
STRENGTH AND STABILITY THROUGH DIVERSITY OF FLEET AND APPLICATION
We have had another excellent year and we do not expect either our performance or markets to change any time soon. The diversity of our fleet and the range of both small and large applications for which it can be used give us strength and stability no matter the economic environment. Our strategy remains unchanged, with continued growth being driven by same-store growth, supplemented by greenfield openings and bolt-on acquisitions.
The principal driver of this performance is Sunbelt where rental revenue growth continues to benefit from cyclical and structural trends. We are planning for double-digit volume and revenue growth at Sunbelt in 2016/17, around twice the pace anticipated for the market as a whole. A-Plant also continues to perform well, as we continue to diversify the business, take market share and improve returns.
In the US we continue to capitalise on the opportunity presented by our markets where the rental market grew 6% last year. Sunbelt's rental revenue growth was 18% in strong end markets, despite the effect of the slow-down in oil and gas markets. Our Oil & Gas business now accounts for only 2% of revenue compared with 6% last year, but at only 2% now, the drag on the business is at its maximum. Our same-store growth of 12% shows that we continue to take market share as we grow more rapidly than the market. In addition, bolt-ons and greenfields have contributed another 7% growth as we execute our long-term structural growth strategy of expanding our geographic footprint and our specialty businesses. A-Plant also generated strong rental revenue growth of 9% and we continue to increase market share, with further potential ahead.
This year we focused more on new greenfield sites in North America with 58 opened compared with 31 in the previous year. Our mix of greenfields and acquisitions changes depending on the opportunities we see in any market at a particular time. We spent \$81m (2015: \$365m) on bolt-on acquisitions, which added a further 10 locations. Of this total of 68 new locations, 40% were specialty businesses, demonstrating the growing significance of specialty services within our portfolio. Specialty is currently 22% of our business and this year we opened almost as many specialty stores as general tool stores. So relative to the size of the business, there has been a greater focus on specialty. We added to our portfolio of climate control locations this year and this continues to be a fast growing and highly profitable business for us. We have gone from being a tiny regional player to being the largest 'spot' climate control business in North America.
Our priority for Ashtead has always been a highly stable balance sheet and as a consequence, we have continued to reduce leverage and invest in having a very young fleet age. We have reached a point where leverage is well within our target range of one and a half to two times EBITDA and our fleet age does not need to get any younger. As we enter a very cash-generative phase, we have given thought to how we will manage that cash.
Our priorities remain continued growth through same-store organic fleet investment, greenfield openings and bolt-on acquisitions as we continue to broaden and diversify the business, and the continuation of a progressive dividend policy which is sustainable through the cycle. If after achieving these, there are further funds available,
SUZANNE WOOD Finance director
we will look at the relative merits at the time of either growth opportunities or additional returns to shareholders through share buybacks. We will remain conservative with a view to maintaining performance through the cycle as always and we are also mindful of the need to remain watchful in current markets.
Over the long term, we believe this growth strategy is fundamental to enhancing shareholder value as we seek to take advantage of the structural opportunity in the market. However, if there is a disconnect between the value of our business, versus the value of acquisitions, we will take advantage of that imbalance and buyback shares to enhance shareholder value. We will review the best options on a reqular basis.
CREATING A WELL-BALANCED BUSINESS
SEE HOW WE CAPITALISE ON THE MARKET OPPORTUNITY We are building market share through
same-store organic growth, new greenfield investments and selected bolt-on acquisitions.
79% US MARKET SHARE
FIND OUT ABOUT OUR RISKS
Our main risks relate to economic conditions, competition, financing, business continuity, people, health and safety, the environment and laws and regulations.
DISCOVER MORE ABOUT HOW WE CREATE SUSTAINABLE VALUE
Our equipment rental business model, and the management of that over the economic cycle, enable us to create long-term sustainable value.
19% וח 1400
P12
P30
SEE HOW WE PERFORMED IN 2016
We had another year of strong financial performance, improved operational efficiency and excellent service metrics.
2645m UNDERLYING PROFIT BEFORE TAX
LEARN ABOUT OUR STRATEGY FOR GROWTH
We focus on building market share, maintaining flexibility in our finances and operations and being the best we can be every day.

We report on responsible business through the Group Risk Committee. We focus on health and safety, our people, the environment, community investment and ensuring the highest ethical standards across the Group.
DAO
122
OUR MARKETS
CAPITALISING ON MARKET OPPORTUNITY
Most of our business and growth comes from the US which is a much larger rental market than the UK and less mature. The US rental market is potentially five times bigger than the UK and we continue to capitalise on the structural changes in that market as customers increasingly want to rent rather than buy their own equipment.
We also have a small presence in Canada which we will seek to develop over time, as and when the opportunities for growth present themselves. The US market is currently very strong, the UK market is showing resilience and we continue to increase our market share in both markets. Our aim is to grow the business wherever we are in the economic cycle. A strong market in the US and a good one in the UK mean we are performing particularly well currently.
THE US Economic strength
Our core US markets are very strong. We have been impacted by difficulties in energy sectors, but oil and gas was only a small part of our business, so the negative impact has been relatively limited. In fact, the problems in the oil and gas sector served to demonstrate the robust and diverse nature of our business. Construction markets remain strong but we also continue to see growing employment, the benefits of lower energy prices and increased disposable income which is positive for our broader markets like event work and residential remodelling. In the US in particular, people are generally spending more money which has a knock-on effect in our non-construction markets. We continue to see very encouraging short-term trends and the consensus is that the market will experience steady longer term growth. Commercial and industrial starts continue to grow well and we expect this to continue at least until 2018.
With the obvious exception of energy, the markets we serve are strong, as both structural and cyclical trends remain favourable. Chart 02 shows the last three construction cycles. These have followed one of two patterns. From 1975 to 1982 and from 1982 to 1991 the initial recovery was very aggressive but the overall cycle was relatively short. We believe we remain mid-cycle and whilst the pace of growth may moderate, we should have multiple years of structural and cyclical opportunity ahead.
Market share in the US
We centinue to grow our market share in the US and even though we are the second largest equipment rental company, there remains plenty of room to grow as chart 03 shows. Our major large competitors are United Rentals and Herc Rentals with 10% and 3% respectively. Home Depot, BlueLine and Sunstate have shares of 2% or less. Most of the remainder of the market is made up of small, local, independent tool shops.
Much of our market share gains come from these small independents when we set up new stores or acquire them. Ours is a capitalintensive industry where size matters. Scale brings cost benefits and sophistication in areas like IT and other services, and this leads ultimately to further consolidation. The industry has evolved over the last five years such that the proportion of the market enjoyed by the larger players has increased by 25%. We have clearly been a major beneficiary of this trend. Whilst there will always be a place for strong local players, the market enjoyed by the larger players is likely to grow by a further 30 to 40% in the medium term.
We are confident that as the market grows, our share will also increase. We have a good track record of success, having almost doubled our market share in the last six years. We continue to set ambitious targets for continuing to double our market share and market demand allows for this. The speed with which we increase our market share is a function of how quickly we can get new locations up and running and generating profit.
We believe that our model is a differentiator and explains in part our strong performance relative to some of our larger peers. We take share from our larger competitors because we have the right fleet in the right place and because we offer better service. However, we take more market share from the smaller operators than our bigger competitors where our advantage is greater. We remain committed to a very broad product offering in segments with low rental penetration and high returns. The diversity of both our fleet and its application gives us enormous competitive advantage. You can read more about our business model on pages 16 to 21.
The combination of our business model, the strong economy and the iong-term trend to rental, which we discuss further on page 14, provides the perfect environment for us to achieve our goals. In addition, our market share gains accelerate as we make the most of our scale advantages. In the longer term, we believe that US market share in the order of 20% is a reasonable goal.
As we increase our market share and grow our specialty businesses, they necessarily become a greater proportion of the mix. The acquisitions we make are often to expand into a new specialty area or to develop an existing one and then we supplement them with greenfield openings. For example, last year we made an acquisition to expand our climate control business to the Pacific Northwest and opened eight greenfield locations to expand further this highly profitable specialty business.
SPECIALTY FLOORING SOLUTIONS
In July last year we set up our first specialty flooring solutions business. We are already the single largest rental provider of surface maintenance equipment focused on the commercial cleaning industry. We provide long and short-term rental options, battery, electric, LPG and diesel powered units, walk-behind and ride-on sweepers and scrubbers, floor burnishers and single disc machines (polish, scrub, grind), carpet extractors and specialty cleaning equipment. We serve the education, hospitality, events, retail and healthcare industries as well as stadiums, industrial plants and warehouses
Over the last five years we have consistently grown at two to three times the market growth rate.
03/US MARKET SHARE
| United Rentals | 10% |
|---|---|
| Sunbelt | 7% |
| Herc Rentals | 3% |
| Home Depot | 1% |
| BlueLine Rentals | 1% |
| Sunstate | 1% |
| Top 7-10 | 4% |
| Top 11-100 | c.16% |
| Others | c.57% |
01/US MARKET OUTLOOK
| Total building starts !Millions of square feet] |
2018 | 2017 | 2018 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Total building | +11% | +14% | +0% |
| Commercial and industrial | +6% | +9% | +5% |
| Institutional | +8% | +14% | +11% |
| Residential | +12% | +16% | -3% |
Source: Management estimate based on IHS Global Insight market estimates.
Note: Restated to reflect latest !HS Global Insight market size data.
04/US MARKET SHARE DEVELOPMENT
Source: Dodge Data & Analytics (March 2016).
02/CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY BY CYCLE
Source: Management estimates.

Source: Dodge Data & Analytics.
OUR MARKETS CONTINUED
FROM: SHINING THE LIGHT FOR A LOCAL CRAFT FESTIVAL
In celebration of harvest time, Florida's largest strawberry festival held in Plant City, Florida, asked Sunbelt to provide a variety of equipment support. We supplied towable generators to power food and craft stalls, light towers to increase visibility during the evening hours and scissor lifts to set up the festival and take it down at the end.
The trend to rental
Rental penetration continues to be a positive trend for the industry in the US as our customers have become accustomed to the flexibility of an outsourced model. Between 2010 and 2016, increased rental penetration effectively grew our end market by 20 to 25%. We see this trend continuing which will provide similar levels of market growth over the coming years. Rental still only makes up around 50% of the US market compared with 75% in the UK. We see the potential market penetration for rental equipment to be well over 60% in the US. The short-term drivers of this evolution are the significant cost inflation in recent years associated with the replacement of equipment, technical changes to equipment requirements that make rental more attractive, and health, safety and environmental issues which make rental more economical and just easier. In addition, our customers are ever more used to renting equipment rather than owning it themselves.
The diversity of our fleet helps us take advantage of the increasing trend to rental. We remain committed to a broad product offering in segments with low rental penetration and high returns. If your fleet consists of very large highly specialised equipment like telehandlers and large booms, you are not necessarily benefitting from increased rental penetration as it is probably as high as it is likely to get. If however you have a broader mix of fleet, then there is significant further upside to come from rental penetration.
The environmental regulations resulting in the more environmentally friendly Tier 4 engines produce significant inflation in equipment replacement costs. This has driven further rental penetration through the reduction in fleet size by those customers who previousiy may have chosen to own some, if not all, of their larger equipment needs. Customers and smaller competitors with older fleets are faced with heavier replacement spend. The difficulties of getting to grips with the new technology and its maintenance requirements have also caused more operators to decide to rent. Therefore we continue to invest in keeping our fleet in the best condition it can be to take advantage of the increased demand for rental.
CANADA
Canada is a long-term growth opportunity for us. There is plenty of scope to develop market share in Canada in the same way as in the US. The business there is now twice the size of the previous year but it is still very small. We are focusing first on the southwest corner of Canada where, following our acquisition of GWG Rentals last year, we have opened a series of greenfields and made a
number of small bolt-on acquisitions to expand the business. In the long term, our goal is to achieve market share of 5% and for Canada to make up between 15 to 20% of the North American business.
However, we are mindful that the potential impact on the broader economy of lower oil prices is likely to be greater in Canada than in the US. So we are waiting to see how that situation evolves before we get overly ambitious anywhere else in the country. In the long term, we will need to go into a broader geography in Canada and to increase the quantity of fleet on the ground and the location footprint. Any concerns about oil and gas are short-term ones and do not change our long-term strategy in Canada.
THE UK
Economic resilience
The UK market continues to improve and we expect it to continue to grow at a gentle pace for the foreseeable future. Growth opportunities are more difficult to come by because of an already high level of rental penetration. Nonetheless. A-Plant continues to grow and is also taking market share. Chart 05 shows the outlook for UK construction which shows continuing arowth. Given high levels of total construction, 40% still being public and infrastructure, even with residential performing well, we will continue to invest responsibly in the UK market.
Our fleet size continues to expand and when there was a degree of oversupply in the UK market at the beginning of this financial year, we acted quickly to pull back our fleet investment, demonstrating the flexibility of our model.
Market share
We are the largest equipment rental company in the UK, and we increased our market share this year organically and through four small bolt-on acquisitions. There are a greater number of maior players in the UK market and, as the largest, we only have a 6% market share. Chart 06 shows our key competitors and their share cf the market. We believe we continue to be well positioned in the market with our strong customer service, young relative fleet age and strong balance sheet. We continue to broaden our customer base and have focused our investment on specialty sectors within the market. This has proven very successful in growing both our market share and returns.
TO: SETTING THE STAGE FOR 20+ ROCK MARATHONS
Sunbelt is the primary source for lifts, material handling and power generation at more than 20 North American Rock n Roll Marathons. Each mile of the half and full marathon features a stage with lights and sound, all powered by Sunbelt. Our team manages every aspect from design, set-up and maintenance, before, during and after the event. Sunbelt provides the equipment, service and support needed to execute one of the most widely recognised, musically themed races.
05/UK CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY FORECASTS
| Em constant 2012 prices | 2014 actual |
2015 actual |
2016 forecast |
2017 forecast |
2018 profection |
2019 projection |
% of total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Residential | 38.603 | 40.430 +4_7% |
41.714 +3.2% |
43,042 +3.2% |
44.077 +2.4% |
45,137 +2.4% |
30% |
| Private commercial | 38.092 | 38,551 +1.2% |
40.025 +3.8% |
41,536 +3.8% |
42,728 +2.9% |
43,933 2.8% |
30% |
| Public and infrastructure | 49.991 | 51,995 +4.0% |
53.163 +2.2% |
55,204 +3.8% |
58.640 +6.2% |
62,123 +5.9% |
40% |
| Total | 126.686 | 130,976 +3.4% |
134,902 +3.0% |
139,782 +3.6% |
145,445 +4.1% |
151.193 +4.0% |
100% |
Source: Construction Products Association (Spring 2016).
We are the largest equipment rental company in the UK, and continued to increase our market share this year organically.
06/UK MARKET SHARE
| A-Plant | 6% |
|---|---|
| 1 HES | 6% |
| A Speedy | 5% |
| AVP | 3% |
| GAP | 3% |
| Lavendon | 2% |
| 1 Hewden | 2% |
| Others | 730% |
Source: Management estimate based on IHS Global Insight market estimates.

OUR BUSINESS MODEL
CREATING SUSTAINABLE VALUE
WHAT WE DO
HOW WE DO IT
PURCHASE
We purchase equipment from leading manufacturers and maintain it through its useful life.
RENT
We rent on a short-term basis, a full range of construction and industrial equipment to a diverse range of customers.
SELL
We sell old equipment in the second-hand market and buy new


DISCOVER MORE ABOUT HOW WE MANAGE THE CYCLE
We create value through the short-term rental of equipment that is used for a wide variety of applications to a diverse customer base. Our rental fleet ranges from small hand-held tools to the largest construction equipment and is available through a network of stores in North America and the UK.
VALUE CREATION
DIFFERENTIATING OUR FLEET AND SERVICE
-
Broad fleet mix
-
Highly responsive (no job too small)
- ➤ Scale to meet size and range of requirement

ENSURING OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE
-
Optimal fleet age
-
Nationwide networks in US and UK
-
Long-term partnerships with leading equipment manufacturers
-
Focused, service-driven approach
-
Strong customer relationships
-
Industry-leading application of technology
INVESTING IN OUR PEOPLE
-
Highly skilled team
-
Devolved structure
-
Maintaining significant staff continuity
-
Strong focus on recruitment, training and incentivisation

MAXIMISING OUR RETURN ON INVESTMENT
-
Effective management and monitoring of fleet investment
-
Optimisation of utilisation rates and returns
-
Flexibility in local pricing structures
-
Focus on higher-return equipment
-
Appropriate incentive plans consistent with improved returns

The provision of cost-effective rental solutions to a diverse customer base.

ТЯОЧНЯ ЗІОЭТАЯ
Developing long-term relationships with customers and suppliers.

Enhancing the communities in which we operate, through employment, opportunity and community involvement.
Generating sustainable returns for shareholders through the cycle.

OUR BUSINESS MODEL CONTINUED
WHAT WE DO IS SIMPLE. HOW WE DO IT IS NOT.
Providing temporary climate control solutions for retail premises, office buildings and construction sites.
On-site hire depot and contractors' village for long-term maintenance and construction projects.
Renting generators, access equipment, lighting, barriers and temporary trakway to an outdoor music festival.
At its most basic, our model is simple we purchase an asset, we rent it to customers and generate a revenue stream each year we own it (on average, seven years). Then we sell it in the second-hand market and receive a proportion of the original purchase price in disposal proceeds.
Assuming we purchase an asset for \$100, generate revenue of \$60 each year (equivalent to 60% dollar utilisation) and receive 35% of the original purchase price as disposal proceeds, we generate a return of \$455 on an initial outlay of \$100 over an average seven-year useful life. We incur costs in providing this service, principally employee, property and transportation costs and fleet depreciation. However, this simple overview encompasses a significant number of moving parts and activities. Our ability to excel in these areas enables us to generate strong margins and deliver long-term, sustainable shareholder value, whilst managing the risks inherent in our business (refer to pages 30 to 32).
07 / MANAGING THE CYCLE - SUNBELT
Managing the flow for sewer
bypasses to enable the
infrastructure in a dry environment.
refurbishment of ageing
ТЯОЧЭЯ ЗЛОВТАЯ
Providing traffic management solutions for engineering projects or clean-up after an accident.
Managing the cycle is key to our strategy.
Rapid response to natural disasters such as floods,
generation equipment.
tornadoes and hurricanes,
including pumps and power
MANAGING THE CYCLE
We describe ourselves as being a late cycle business in that our main end market, non-residential construction, is usually one of the last parts of the economy to be affected by a change in economic conditions. This means that we have a good degree of visibility on when we are likely to be affected, as the signs will have been visible in other parts of the economy for some time. We are therefore able to plan accordingly and react in a timely manner when necessary. Key to the execution of our model is the planning we undertake to capitalise on the opportunities presented by the cycle. The opportunities are for both organic growth, through winning market share from less well positioned competitors, and positioning ourselves to be able to fund acquisitive growth if suitable opportunities arise (see content on our strategy on pages 22 to 27).
DIFFERENTIATING OUR FLEET AND SERVICE
The differentiation in our fleet and service means that we provide equipment to many different sectors. Construction continues to be our largest market but now represents around 45% as we have deliberately reduced our reliance on construction. An increasing proportion of our North American business (22%) is in specialty areas such as Pump & Power, Climate Control, Scaffolding, Oil & Gas and Industrial Services. Residential construction is a small proportion of our business (5%) as it is not a heavy user of equipment.
Our customers range in size and scale from multinational businesses, through strong local contractors to individual do-ityourselfers. Our diversified customer base includes construction, industrial and homeowner customers, as well as government entities and specialist contractors. Our core market is the small to mid-sized local contractor. The nature of the business is such that it consists of a high number of low-value transactions. In the year to April 2016. Sunbelt dealt with over 540,000 customers, who generated average revenue of \$5,600.

Designing bespoke lifting
multistorey buildings.
Designing, erecting
and dismantling
scaffolding systems.
solutions for complex problems,
including lifting the facade onto

OUR BUSINESS MODEL CONTINUED
The breadth and depth of our fleet differentiates us from our competitors.
The individual components of our fleet are similar to our peers. However, it is the breadth and depth of our fleet that differentiates us from them and provides the potential for higher returns. The size, age and mix of our rental fleet is driven by the needs of our customers, market conditions and overall demand. The equipment we provide to each customer is diverse and we are often involved in supplying various types of equipment over an extended period at each distinct stage of a project's development. Our equipment is also used in a wide range of other applications including industrial, events, repair and maintenance and facilities management.
HOW WE OPERATE
Our operating model is key to the way we deliver operational excellence:
- · In the US we achieve scale through a clustered market approach of grouping general tool and specialist rental locations in each of our developed markets. This approach allows us to provide a comprehensive product offering and convenient service to our customers wherever their job sites may be within these markets. When combined with our purchasing power, this creates a virtuous circle of scale. You can find out more on our cluster strategy on pages 24 and 25.
- · In the UK, our strategy is focused on having sufficient stores to allow us to offer a full range of equipment on a nationwide basis. We have migrated our network towards fewer, larger locations which are able to address all the needs of our customers in their respective markets. This difference in approach from the US reflects the nature of the customer base Imore national accounts] and the smaller geography of the UK.
- Across our rental fleet, we seek generally to carry equipment from one or two suppliers in each product range and to limit the number of model types of each product. We believe that having
FROM: A BURST PIPE IN A BAKERY
Freezing temperatures caused a water pipe to burst in a St. Louis bakery. The burst pipe forced the entire building to close and business to cease. We provided portable dehumidifiers and air movers to combat water damage and restore a healthy, safe environment for workers and customers alike, enabling business as usual, to everyone's relief.
a standardised fleet results in lower costs. This is because we obtain greater discounts by purchasing in bulk and reduce maintenance costs through more focused and, therefore, reduced training requirements for our staff. We are also able to share spare parts between stores which helps minimise the risk of over-stocking. Furthermore, we can easily transfer fleet between locations which helps us achieve leading levels of physical utilisation, one of our key performance indicators ( KPIs ].
- We purchase equipment from well-known manufacturers with strong reputations for product quality and reliability and maintain close relationships with them to ensure certainty of supply and good after-purchase service and support. We work with vendors to provide early visibility of our equipment needs which enables them to plan their production schedules and ensures we receive the fleet when we need it. However, we believe we have sufficient alternative sources of supply for the equipment we purchase in each product category.
- We also aim to offer a full service solution for our customers in all scenarios. Our specialty product range includes equipment types such as pumps, power generation, heating, cooling, scaffolding, traffic management and lifting services, which involve providing service expertise as well as equipment.
- · Our large and experienced sales force is encouraged to build and reinforce customer relationships and to concentrate on generating strong, whole-life returns from our rental fleet. Our sales force works closely with our customers to ensure we meet their needs. Through the application of technology, it is equipped with real-time access to fleet availability and pricing information enabling it to respond rapidly to the needs of a customer while optimising returns.
- 709 OF ORDERS FOR CELIVERY IN 24 HOURS
- · We guarantee our service standards and believe that our focus on customer service and the guarantees we offer help distinguish our businesses from competitors and assist us in delivering superior financial returns. Our responsiveness to customer needs is critical in a business where around 70% of orders are placed for delivery within 24 hours. We have worked with a lot of our customers for many years. Our customer retention is high due to the scale and quality of our fleet, our speed of response and our customer service.
- Our local management teams are experienced and incentivised to produce strong financial returns and high quality standards. We believe that the autonomy given to management teams to take decisions locally ensures that, despite our size, we retain the feel of a small, local business for our employees.
- We invest heavily in our computerised point of sale and service systems as well as the software and online capabilities required to deliver efficient service as well as high returns. We capture and record the time of delivery and the customer's signature electronically, allowing us to systematically monitor and report on on-time deliveries. We also use electronic tracking systems to monitor the location and usage of large equipment.
INVESTING IN OUR PEOPLE
Our people enable us to provide the exceptional customer service that keeps our customers coming back. Our exceptional staff and focus on service give us a huge competitive advantage in what we do. On pages 43 to 46 we discuss the importance of our staff and corporate culture in more detail. We aim to recruit good people and then invest in them throughout their careers.
TO: MAINTAINING A CITY'S SEWER NETWORK
We also supplied all the necessary pumping equipment to enable in-place repair of three miles of the Indianapolis sewer. This pipe-lining project crossed railroad tracks, a water canal feeding into a potable water plant and a school yard. The sewer conveys 30 million gallons of raw sewage a day and with our help, the flow was redirected through a bypass without major interruption, so that the pipes in need of repair remained dry.
OUR STRATEGY
We continue to deliver on our well-established strategy of organic growth, supplemented by bolt-on acquisitions.
OUR STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
We always talk about managing our business across the economic cycle and how we expect that cycle to progress. The cycle continues to play out exactly as we have always thought it would and as a result our strategy remains unchanged. Our markets are full of potential at the moment and we do not see that changing in the short to medium term. If the situation does change we will be well prepared. We are always conservative in our approach to maintaining a stable and secure balance sheet throughout the cycle and this enables us to maintain the flexibility we require to manage changes to the business as and when they occur.
Our goal in the medium to long term is 15% market share in the US and to grow it by 50% in the UK. We believe these are realistic goals given the way the rental market is evolving and the way we do business. Consistent implementation of our strategy across the economic cycle will ensure we are in a strong position at all times to take advantage of the opportunities presented. The risks that we face in implementing this strategy are discussed on pages 30 to 32.
| STRATEGIC PRIORITIES | KEY INTIATIVES | UPDATE | |
|---|---|---|---|
| BUILD A BROAD PLATFORM FOR GROWTH: · Target 15% US market share · Take 5% Canadian market share · Increase UK market share by 50% |
Organic fleet growth Greenfield expansion Bolt-on M&A Develop specialty products Develop clusters in key areas |
US market share increased from 6% to 7% 20% increase in North American rental fleet at cost 20% increase in North American fleet on rent 58 greenfield openings in North America \$81m spent on North American acquisitions £11m spent on UK acquisitions |
KPls Fleet on rent Risks Competition People |
| MAINTAIN FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL FLEXIBILITY: · Rol above 15% for the Group |
Driving improved dollar utilisation Maintain drop through rates Increasing US store maturity |
Strong Rol at 19% (2015: 19%) Sunbelt dollar utilisation of 56% (2015: 59%) A-Plant dollar utilisation of 52% (2015: 56%) Drop through of 60% and 84% in Sunbeit and A-Plant |
KPIs Rol Dollar utilisation Underlying EBITDA margins Leverage Net debt Risks Economic conditions Competition Financing |
| · Maintain leverage in the range 1.5 to 2 times net debt to EBITDA |
Maintaining financial discipline |
Sunbelt EBITDA margin improved to 48% (2015: 47%) A-Plant EBITDA margin improved to 38% (2015: 34%) Leverage of 1.7x EBITDA |
|
| · Ensure financial firepower at bottom of cycle for next step change |
Optimise fleet profile and age during the cyclical upturn |
Fleet age remains stable and appropriate at this stage of the cycle: · Sunbelt 25 months (2015: 26 months) · A-Plant 27 months (2015: 29 months) |
|
| OPERATIONAL XCELLENCE: · Improve operational capability and effectiveness · Continued focus on service |
Operational improvement: · delivery cost recovery · fleet efficiency |
Continued focus on improvement programmes designed to deliver improved dollar utilisation and EBITDA margins |
KPIs Underlying EBITDA marqins Rol Fleet on rent Staff turnover Safety |
Risks People Health and safety
08 / MARKET SHARE AND GROWTH STRATEGY
APRIL 2012
APRIL 2016

09 / SOURCES OF SUNBELT REVENUE GROWTH

BUILDING A BROAD PLATFORM FOR GROWTH
The first of our strategic priorities is to build a broad platform for organic growth supplemented by small bolt-on acquisitions and new greenfield sites. You can see from the maps above how we have made an enormous impact on the US market since 2012 and how much potential there still is to grow. We have added over 200 new tocations over the last four years. Anything in green on the map is where we already have over 10% market share. Areas in dark green are where we have over 15%. It is only a matter of time before we achieve similar results across a broader geography because we now have the scale, competitive advantage and balance sheet strength to reach our targets. There are six out of the top 100 markets in the US where we have no locations and many where our share is less than our average share. So we believe there is significant opportunity for expansion in both existing and new geographies, to almost double the current number of locations.
There is a drag on margins when we open new stores but they improve quickly as they deliver more revenue and later broaden the fleet and customer mix. The same happens with acquisitions because we always buy businesses that we can improve, either operationally or through additional investment, or both. However, our focus remains on same-store growth because once a store has been open for 12 months, it has average growth of 12% and it generates the best returns. This is part cyclical market growth of 6% and part structural growth of 6%. So even if the market stops growing, our stores don't because that structural part of the growth is independent of the market. This is why we are consistently able to outperform both our competitors and the market. The strength of our brand and reputation means that new greenfield sites become profitable very quickly.
Chart 09 shows the revenue growth and mix from bolt-on acquisitions and greenfield sites. When we add the 7% growth from our bolt-on acquisitions and greenfield sites, total revenue growth becomes 19%, of which two-thirds is structural and not driven by market growth. Our strategy capitalises on both structural and cyclical factors to drive our revenue growth.
OUR STRATEGY CONTINUED

Structural growth is the market share we take because we have the best kit in the right locations combined with the best service. We are able to keep growing because we prioritise investment in the fleet and have the financial security to be able to do that. Our customers want good quality fleet, readily available to meet their needs. Investing in a broad range of fleet and backing that up with great service means our customers remain loyal and do not need to look elsewhere. Prioritising higher return on investment ('Rol') products further helps our growth.
We are always on the lookout for the best opportunities and the flexibility in our model enables us to act quickly when we need to, whether that be to open a new greenfield site or make an acquisition. We are also flexible in the mix of greenfields and bolt-on acquisitions depending on the opportunities we see. This year, for example, saw a different mix in greenfields and bolt-on acquisitions with more greenfields which showed better value as they progress up the revenue generation curve. Further diversifying the business is also a priority and opportunities that allow us to diversify further and expand our specialty businesses are particularly key to our strategy of building a broader base for growth. This year we made eight acquisitions which grew our North American network and expanded our specialty businesses, adding 10 locations. In addition, we added a four-location business in Hawaii in May 2016.
Our specialty businesses are a strategic priority and have grown from 16% of our business in 2011 to 22% in 2016. This year 40% of our greenfield openings were specialty stores. The fastest growing of our specialty businesses is Climate Control and we are now the largest 'spot' climate control business in the US. We aim to build specialty businesses generating \$1bn of revenue in time. We have always said we wanted to reduce our dependence on the construction industry. The increase in our specialty businesses is one way in which we have increased the ratio of our non-construction business as can be seen in chart 12.
Specialty markets are typically characterised by low rental penetration and a predominance of small local players. We continue to see further opportunity as we consolidate and improve the service offering leading to market growth from increased rental penetration as our customers become accustomed to the quality of our offering.
Our cluster approach is also an important aspect of building a broad platform for growth. Our greenfield sites are chosen carefully to enhance our existing business. We focus on building clusters of stores, as can be seen in the map opposite, because as we build clusters, our Rol increases. Where we have a fuil cluster of stores, as we have in Florida for example, our average store level Rol is around 5% higher than for non-clustered locations.
There are many locations across the US where there is significant opportunity for us to build-out clusters based on population, construction already underway and construction starts. Chart 11 opposite shows the relative population figures and put in place construction and construction starts in Charlotte. Minneapolis/ St. Paul and Denver, for example. In Charlotte which has the lowest population, put in place construction and construction starts, we have 14 highly profitable stores. To achieve the same market coverage in Minneapolis/St. Paul and Denver we will need at least 10 more stores in each location to service expected demand.
FROM: BRIDGING THE GAP BETWEEN STABLE AND PADDOCK
As part of the installation of a new utility pipeline through an equestrian centre, Eve provided eight temporary panels to enable safe access for the horses to and from their paddock.
10 CLUSTERED MARKETS - 100 LARGEST MARKETS
11/UNCLUSTERED MARKET OPPORTUNITY
Full cluster Non cluster No presence 12/BUSINESS MIX 2007 2016
| CHARLOTTE, NC | MINN/ST. PAUL, MN | DENVER, CO | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Population | 3m | Population | 4.5m | Population | 4.1m | |||
| Put in place \$4.0bn | Put in place \$5.9bn | Put in place \$9.6bn | ||||||
| Starts | \$3.9bn | Starts | \$6.2bn | Starts | \$9.9bn | |||
| Stores | ( | Stores | Stores | Construction | 55% Construction | 47% | ||
| Fleet cost \$134m | Fleet cost | \$34m | Fleet cost | \$43m | 2 Non-construction 45% 2 Non-construction 53% |
TO: TAKING THE WEIGHT OF A MOTORWAY'S TRAFFIC
A-Plant's specialty business Eve was contracted by Balfour Beatty to help move a 2,000 tonne bridge up the M56 motorway. Some 700 of Eve's aluminium hybrid trakway panels were used to protect the motorway enabling part of the HS2 rail route to be moved and allow better rail and tram connections to Manchester Airport. The bridge was moved from its build point adjacent to the Manchester Airport slip road to its final point on the M56. It was the largest single load for Eve's trakway.
QUR STRATEGY CONTINUED
13/SUNBELT STORE MATURITY PROFILE
| Number | Operating margin* | Rol* | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Fleet size | 2008 | 2016 | 2008 | 2016 | 2008 | 2016 | |
| Extra large > \$15m | 14 | 108 | 37% | 41% - | 26% | 27% | |
| Large > \$10m | 35 | 129 | 35% | 39% | 25% | 26% | |
| Medium > \$5m | 174 | 159 | 30% | 32% | 22% | 22% | |
| Small < \$5m | 115 | 85 | 24% | 25% - | 19% | 18% |
Based on store level operating profit and excludes corporate costs. Note: 2008 reflects prior cycle peak performance.
FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL FLEXIBILITY
Maintaining financial and operational flexibility enables us to flex our business and operational models through the economic cycle. As we have said elsewhere, this enables us to react quickly to both negative changes in the market and opportunities of which we want to take advantage. The more growth we experience and plan for. the more financial and operational flexibility we need. A key element of our strategy is ensuring we have the financial strength to enable growth when appropriate and make our returns sustainable. Having a strong balance sheet is fundamental to our success at all stages in the cycle.
A core element of our financial stability comes from our strategy of ensuring that, averaged across the economic cycle, we always deliver Rol well ahead of our cost of capital. Rol through the cycle is the key measure for any rental company and the best medium-term indicator of the strength of the business. We do this in a variety of ways at different stages of the cycle, all focused on the effective management of invested capital and maintaining financial discipline.
We continue to be focused on optimising dollar utilisation {the rental revenue return over the original cost of any of our equipment) and driving improvement in margins through strong drop through [the proportion of incremental rental revenue that drops through to EBITDA). This year our drop through rate at Sunbelt was 60% overall and 67% on a same-store basis, and 84% at A-Plant. This is how we measure the efficiency of our growth, reflecting the inherent strength in our margins.
The maturity of our stores also has a big impact on Rol. This is because as stores mature and get bigger and broaden their fleet range there is natural margin progression. Stores that were greenfield sites only two years ago are now already adding same-store growth. We are always focused on moving new and young stores up the maturity curve as there is scope for higher returns as they do so. This also means that we are now at a very different stage in our evolution relative to the current economic cycle to where we were in the last. We have more stores overall and they are larger than at the peak of the last cycle, so we are much better placed to weather the next downturn when it comes, as we know it will. Chart 13 shows how our strategic focus on store evolution is driving our strong margins and returns.
Strong drop through generated record EBITDA margins.

As mentioned elsewhere, we have over recent years been consistent in our commitment to both low leverage and a young fleet age and we are now benefitting from the options that this strategy has provided. As our fleet replacement expenditure naturally moderates, we enter a phase of the cycle where we anticipate both good earnings growth and significant cash generation. Traditionally, rental companies have only generated cash in a downturn when they reduce capital expenditure and age their fleet. In the upturn, they consume cash as they replace their fleets and then seek to grow. We are entering a highly cash-generative phase as we continue to grow the business in a cyclical upturn. As a consequence our leverage will trend towards the lower end of our range of one and a half to two times net debt to EBITDA which provides the Group with an even higher degree of flexibility and security.
The typical fleet age profile of our customers and some of our smaller competitors means that a greater proportion of their fleet needs to be replaced in the near future at much higher prices. We get significant competitive advantage from our young fleet and our purchasing power. Our strong balance sheet allows us to capitalise on this advantage in both North America and the UK.
From this position of strength in the up-cycle, we can ensure we have sufficient financial resources at the bottom of the cycle to prepare for the next 'step change' in the market and capitalise on growth opportunities in the early stages of the next recovery.
In terms of fleet investment, we have recently been replacing our peak spend years of 2006, 2007 and 2008. As a consequence, replacement spend and disposals have been historically high. However, we are now entering a period where we will be replacing 2009, 2010 and 2011 spend which were low spend years at the bottom of the last cycle. Therefore, total replacement capital expenditure is due to fall over the next two or three years and we will enter a very cash-generative period. While we will flex shortterm spend to reflect market conditions, we are still committed to our long-term structural growth. So once again we will be opening around 60 new locations by way of greenfield and bolt-ons next year and expect to continue to do so in the medium term. We anticipate market-leading growth in both divisions but with the added benefit of significant cash generation as replacement capital expenditure reduces over the coming years.
In 2008 and 2009 our financial and operational flexibility enabled us to adjust our fleet spend more quickly and aggressively than the rest of the market as we entered a downturn in the cycle. Our model is very flexible and has proven itself to be adjustable very quickly, when market conditions require. We are very conscious that we have to know both when to spend and when not to.
OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE
The third of our strategic priorities is constantly improving our operational capability and effectiveness, doing what we do to the very best of our ability. Customer service is a crucial element of this and we continue to build market share because we are in the right locations and providing better equipment with a higher quality of service than our competitors. Our reputation for good service is now such that when we open a new location, that store moves quickly up the revenue curve because we are already well known for what we do and how we do it.
We have three main categories of customers whose service needs vary depending on their size. Our smallest customers have rental revenue spend with us of less than \$20,000 a year but represent 97% of our customers by number. These smaller customers tend to require higher levels of service but can incur a higher transactional cost. Our medium-sized customers often need equipment for longer periods of time and can command a discounted service. Our largest customers are our national accounts who have large-scale and often very sophisticated requirements. We have gained significant market share in all types of customer due, in part, to the strength of the relationships we build.
Our focus on operational excellence across the board drives our financial performance. Improving operational efficiency is an ongoing focus and we constantly strive to maintain high levels of fleet on rent, improve the organisation of our stores, analyse how we load our delivery trucks, optimise our delivery and pick-up routes and how we spend time at the customer location, for example. As with any multi-location business, all locations are good at some of this, some locations are good at all of it - our goal is for all locations to be good at all of it.
Sunbelt continues to focus on operational efficiency, dollar utilisation and driving improving margins, with 60% of revenue growth dropping through to EBITDA. Drop through reflects the drag effect of greenfield openings, acquisitions and oil and gas. Excluding oil and gas, stores open for more than one year saw 67% of revenue growth drop through to EBITDA. Sustaining and improving our EBITDA margins is key to our success. The annual drop through of 60% is a testament to the benefits of being selective in the business we take and our stable and efficient business model. The fact that, despite the drag from oil and gas and a significant investment in greenfields, our margins improved demonstrates the potential for further margin improvement. A-Plant's focus is the same, with 84% of revenue growth dropping through to EBITDA driving an improvement in margin to 38% (2015: 34%).
Maintaining low staff turnover and high staff safety levels are also crucial to our strategy for operational excellence and you can read more about these in our Responsible business report on pages 43 to 46.
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
its itemised fleet at 30 April 2016). our customers' needs.
MEASURING OUR PERFORMANCE
At Group level, we measure the performance of the business using a number of key performance indicators ('KPIs').
These help to ensure that we are delivering against our strategic priorities as set out on page 22. Several of these KPIs (underlying EPS, return on investment and leverage) influence the remuneration of our executive team (see page 63).
Certain KPIs are more appropriately measured for each of our two operating businesses, whereas other KPIs are best measured for the Group as a whole.
| UNDERLY ING EPS (PI | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Calculation Underlying Group profit after taxation divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue lexcluding shares held by the Company and the ESO I J. |
Target As a cyclical business, underlying EPS varies substantially through the cycle. |
2016 performance Underlying EPS improved significantly to 85p per share in 2015/16. |
Strategic priority |
|
| RETURN ON INVESTMENT ('Rol') 19-1 | ||||
| Calculation Underlying operating profit divided by the sum of net tangible and intangible fixed assets, plus net working capital but excluding net debt, deferred tax and fair value remeasurements. |
Target Averaged across the economic cycle we look to deliver Rol well ahead of our cost of capital, as discussed in our strategic review. |
2016 performance Our Rol was 19% for the year ended 30 April 2016 |
Strategic priority |
|
| NET DEBT AND LEVERAGE AT CONSTANT EXCHANGE RATES | ||||
| Calculation Net debt is total debt less cash balances, as reported, and leverage is net debt divided by underlying EBITDA, calculated at constant exchange rates (balance sheet rate). |
Target We seek to maintain a conservative balance sheet structure with a target for net debt to underlying EBITDA of 1.5 to 2 times. |
2016 performance Net debt at 30 April 2016 was £2,002m and leverage was 1.7 times. |
Strategic priority |
|
| A Net debt (Em) Leverage (x) | ||||
| PHYSICAL UTILISATION (%) | ||||
| Calculation Physical utilisation is measured as the daily average of the amount of itemised fleet at cost on rent as a percentage of the total fleet at cost and for Sunbelt is measured only for equipment whose cost is over \$7 500 lwhirt comprised 85% of |
Target It is important to sustain annual average physical utilisation at between 60% and 70% through the cycle. If utilisation falls below 60%, yield will tend to suffer, whilst above 70% we may not have enough fleet in certain stores to meet |
2016 performance Sunbelt utilisation at 70% was the same as 2014/15, while A-Plant utilisation was 68% (2014/15: 70%). |
Strategic priority |

per 100,000 hours worked.
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES MANAGING OUR RISK
The Group recognises the importance of identifying and managing financial and non-financial risks faced by the business. In response to the risks faced by the business, it has developed a rigorous risk management framework designed to identify and assess the likelihood and consequences of risk and to manage the actions necessary to mitigate their impact.
Our risk identification processes seek to identify risks from both a top-down strategic perspective and a bottom-up business perspective. The Board has overall responsibility for risk management, setting of risk appetite and implementation of the risk management policy. This is designed to enable our employees to take advantage of attractive opportunities, yet to do so within the risk appetite set by the Board.
The Group Risk Reqister is the core of the Group's risk management process. It contains an overall assessment of the risks faced by the Group and is maintained by the Group Risk Committee. The Group Risk Register is based on detailed risk registers maintained by Sunbelt and A-Plant, which are reviewed and monitored through local risk committees. The operation and effectiveness of the local
↑ Increased risk > Constant risk ↓↓ Decreased risk
enhanced. The Group Risk Committee meets twice a year, or more frequently if required, with the objective of encouraging best risk management practice across the Group and a culture of requlatory compliance and ethical behaviour. The Group Risk Committee reports annually through the Audit Committee to the Board. As part of this process, it reviews the resuits of the local risk committee assessments. It produces an annual report and updated Group Risk Register which is reviewed by the Audit Committee to assess whether the appropriate risks have been identified and to ensure adequate assurance is obtained over those risks and then it is presented formally to the Board for discussion, approval and, if appropriate, re-rating of risks. Our risk appetite is reflected in our rating of risks and ensures the appropriate focus is placed on the correct risks. Further detail on our risk management framework and priorities during the year is provided on pages 40 and 41. Set out below are the principal business risks that could impact the Group's business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity and information on how we mitigate them. This year we have reintroduced laws and regulations as a principal risk reflecting our focus on seeking to comply with all relevant legislation. Our risk profile evolves as we move through the economic cycle and commentary on how risks have changed is included below.
risk committees, which meet at least quarterly, continues to be
FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OUR STRATEGIC PRIORITIES.
P22
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
Potential impact
In the longer term, there is a link between demand for our services and levels of economic activity. The construction industry, which affects our business, is cyclical and typically lags the general economic cycle by between 12 and 24 months.
Mitigation
- · Prudent management through the different phases of the cycle.
- · Flexibility in the business model.
- · Capital structure and debt facilities arranged in recognition of the cyclical nature of our market and able to withstand market shocks.
Change
Our performance is benefitting from the economic cycle and we expect to see further upside as the economic recovery continues. However, our longer-term planning is focused on the next downturn to ensure we have the financial firepower at the bottom of the cycle to achieve the next step-change in business performance

Strategic
priority
11
COMPETITION
Potential impact
The aiready competitive market could become even more competitive and we could suffer increased competition from large national competitors or small companies operating at a local level resulting in reduced market share and lower revenue.
Mitigation
- · Create commercial advantage by providing the highest level of service, consistently and at a price which offers value.
- · Differentiation of service.
- · Excel in the areas that provide barriers to entry to newcomers: industry-
- leading IT, experienced personnel and a broad network and equipment fleet. · Regularly estimate and monitor our market share and track the performance of our competitors.
Change
Our competitive position continues to improve. We are growing faster than pur larger competitors and the market. and continue to take market share from our smaller, less well-financed competitors. We have increased our market share to 7% in the US and it is 6% in the UK.

Strategic
priority
FINANCING
Potential impact
Debt facilities are only ever committed for a finite period of time and we need to plan to renew our facilities before they mature and quard against default. Our loan agreements also contain conditions (known as covenants) with which we must comply.
Mitigation
- · Maintain conservative (1.5 to 2 times) net debt to EBITDA leverage which helps minimise our refinancing risk.
- · Maintain long debt maturities.
volume, low transaction value operations.
BUSINESS CONTINUITY
Potential impact
· Use of an asset-based senior facility means none of our debt contains quarterly financial covenants when availability under the facility exceeds \$260m.
Change
At 30 April 2016, our facilities were committed for an average of six years, leverage was at 1.7 times and availability under the senior debt facility was \$1,126m.

RATEGIC REPORT
Change Our business continuity plans were reviewed and updated during the year and our disaster recovery plans were tesied successfully.
Strategic priority

1
Strategic
priority
Mitigation
· Robust and well-protected data centres with multiple data links to protect against the risk of failure.
We are heavily dependent on technology for the smooth running of our
business given the large number of both units of equipment we rent and our
customers. A serious uncured failure in our point of sale IT platforms would
have an immediate impact, rendering us unable to record and track our high
- Detailed business recovery plans which are tested periodically.
- · Separate near-live back-up data centres which are designed to be able to provide the necessary services in the event of a failure at the primary site.
PEOPLE
Potential impact
Retaining and attracting good people is key to delivering superior performance and customer service
Excessive staff turnover is likely to impact on our ability to maintain the appropriate quality of service to our customers and would ultimately impact our financial performance adversely.
Mitigation
- · Provide well-structured and competitive reward and benefit packages that ensure our ability to attract and retain the employees we need.
- · Ensure that our staff have the right working environment and equipment to enable them to do the best job possible and maximise their satisfaction at work.
- · Invest in training and career development opportunities for our people to support them in their careers.
Change
Our compensation and incentive programmes have continued to evolve to reflect market conditions and the economic environment.
Staff turnover was at a similar level to the prior year as our well-trained, knowledgeable staff have become targets for our competitors.
We continue to invest in training and career development with over 250 courses offered across both
HEALTHAND SAFETY
Potential impact
We need to comply with laws and regulations governing occupational health and safety matters. Furthermore, accidents could happen which might result in injury to an individual, claims against the Group and damage to our reputation.
Mitigation
- · Maintain appropriate health and safety policies and procedures regarding the need to comply with laws and regulations and to reasonably guard our employees against the risk of injury.
- Induction and training programmes reinforce health and safety policies.
- · Programmes to support our customers exercising their responsibility to their own workforces when using our equipment.
- · Maintain appropriate insurance coverage. Further details are provided on page 35.
Change
businesses
The overall incident rate continued to decrease in Sunbelt and A-Plant In terms of reportable incidents, the RIDDOR reportable rate decreased to 0.26 (2015: 0.45) in Sunbelt and 0.42 in A-Plant (2015) 0.55)

Strategic priority

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
ENVIRONMENTAL
Potential impact
We need to comply with the numerous laws governing environmental protection matters. These laws regulate such issues as waste water, storm water, solid and hazardous wastes and materials, and air quality. Breaches potentially create hazards to our employees, damage to our reputation and expose the Group to, amongst other things, the cost of investigating and remediating contamination and also fines and penalties for non-compliance.
Mitigation
- · Policies and procedures in place at all our stores regarding the need to adhere to local laws and regulations.
- · Procurement policies reflect the need for the latest available emissions management and fuel efficiency tools in our fleet.
- · Monitoring and reporting of carbon emissions.
LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Potential impact
Failure to comply with the frequently changing regulatory environment could result in reputational damage or financial penalty.
Mitigation
- · Maintaining a legal function to oversee management of these risks and to achieve compliance with relevant legislation.
- · Group-wide ethics policy and whistle-blowing arrangements.
- · Evolving policies and practices to take account of changes in legal obligations.
- · Training and induction programmes ensure our staff receive appropriate training and briefing on the relevant policies.
Change
We continue to seek to reduce the environmental impact of our business and invest in technology to reduce the environmental impact on our customers' businesses. In 2015/16 we reduced our carbon emission intensity ratio to 93 (2015: 111) in Sunbelt and 91 [2015: 97] in A-Piant. Further detail is provided on pages 48 and 49.


Change
We monitor regulatory and legislation changes to ensure our policies and practices reflect them and we comply with relevant legislation

Strategic
Our whistle-blowing arrangements are well established and the Company Secretary reports matters arising to the Audit Committee during the course of the year. During the year over 2,300 people in Sunbelt and 850 people in A-Plant underwent induction training and additional training programmes were undertaken in safety.
VIABILITY STATEMENT
The Board has assessed the prospects of the Group and its ability to meet its liabilities as they fall due over the medium term. This assessment has taken account of the Group's current position and the principal risks facing the Group, which are set out above. This longer-term assessment process supports the Board's statements on both viability, as set out below, and going concern, made on page 84.
While the Board has no reason to believe the Group will not be viable over a longer period, the period over which the Board considers it possible to form a reasonable expectation as to the Group's longer-term viability, is the three-year period to 30 April 2019. This aligns with the curation of the business plan prepared annually and reviewed by the Board. Furthermore, our committed borrowing facilities do not mature before the end of this period. We believe this provides a reasonable degree of confidence over this longer-term outlook.
The Group prepares an annual budget and three-year business plan. This plan considers the Group's cash flows and is used to review its funding arrangements and available liquidity based on expected market conditions, capital expenditure plans, used equipment values and other factors that might affect liquidity. It also considers the ability of the Group to raise finance and deploy capital.
The nature of the Group's business is such that its cash flows are countercyclical. In times of improving markets, the Group invests in its rental fleet, both to replace existing fleet and grow the overall size of the fleet, which results in improving earnings but negative cash flow from operations in times of rapid growth. However, in more benign or declining markets, the Group invests significantly less in its rental fleet and, as a result, generates significant cash flow from operations. Recognising the cyclicality of the business, we undertake scenario planning based on the timing, severity and duration of any downturn and subsequent recovery. This scenario planning considers the impact of the cycle on revenue, margins, cash flows and overall debt levels. Based on this analysis, and the Board's reqular monitoring and review of risk management and internal control systems, we do not believe there are any reasonably foreseeable events that could not be mitigated through the Group's ability to flex its capital expenditure plans, which would result in the Group not being able to meet its liabilities as they fall due
Based on the foregoing, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period to April 2019.
FINANCIAL REVIEW
OUR FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
The year was one of strong performance by Sunbelt and A-Plant.
TRADING
| Revenue | EBITDA | Operating profit | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 | 2015 | 2016 | 2015 | 2016 | 2015 | |
| Sunbelt in \$m | 3,276.6 | 2,742.3 | 1,583.7 | 1,293.2 | 1,073.7 | 832.6 |
| Sunbelt in Em | 2,180.9 | 1,715.9 | 1,054.1 | 809.2 | 6714-11 | 520.9 |
| A-Plant | 366.8 | 323.0 | 18740 | 109.5 | 64.0 | 46.3 |
| Group central costs | 1 | (13.5) | (10.3) | (13.5) | (10.3) | |
| 2,545.7 | 2,038.9 | 1,177.6 | 908.4 | 728.2 | 556.9 | |
| Net financing costs | (82.9) | (67.3) | ||||
| Profit before exceptionals, amortisation and tax | 645.3 | 489.6 | ||||
| Exceptional items | (6-2) | |||||
| Amortisation | (22.4) | (15.8) | ||||
| Profit before taxation | 616.7 | 473.8 | ||||
| Taxation | (209.1) | (170.4) | ||||
| Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company | 407-6 | 303.4 | ||||
| Margins | ||||||
| Sunbelt | 40.3% | 47.2% | 30.9% | 30.4% | ||
| A-Plant | 37.5% | 33.9% | 18.4% | 14.3% | ||
| Group | 46.3% | 44.6% | 28-6% | 27.3% |
Group revenue for the year increased 25% to £2,546m (2015: £2,039m) with strong growth in both Sunbelt and A-Plant. This revenue growth, combined with ongoing operational efficiency and strong drop through, generated underlying profit before tax of £645m (2015: £490m).
The Group's strategy remains unchanged, with growth being driven by strong same-store growth supplemented by greenfield openings and bolt-on acquisitions. The principal driver of the Group's performance is Sunbelt where rental revenue growth continues to benefit from cyclical and structural trends. Sunbelt's revenue growth can be explained as follows.
| Sm | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2015 rental only revenue | 1,935 | |
| Same-stores (in existence at 1 May 2014) | +12% | 212 |
| Bolt-ons and greenfields since 1 May 2014 | +7% | 157 |
| 2016 rental only revenue | +19% | 2.304 |
| Ancillary revenue | +15% | 620 |
| 2016 rental revenue | +18% | 2.924 |
| Sales revenue | 353 | |
| 2016 total revenue | 3.277 |
The mix of our revenue growth demonstrates the successful execution of our long-term structural growth strategy. We continue to capitalise on the opportunity presented by our markets with same-store growth of 12%, as we take market share and grow
more rapidly than the market. Our markets were up circa 6% in the US during the year and are forecast to grow aqain this year. In addition, bolt-ons and greenfields have contributed another 7% growth as we expand our geographic footprint and our specialty businesses. During the year our focus has been on greenfields with 58 opened compared with 31 last year. In addition, we spent \$81m (2015: \$365m) on bolt-on acquisitions in the US and Canada, which added a further 10 locations.
Total rental only revenue growth was 19% in strong end markets, despite the slowdown in oil and gas markets. This growth was driven by increased fleet on rent.
Average physical utitisation for the year was 70% (2015: 70%). Sunbelt's total revenue, including new and used equipment. merchandise and consumable sales, increased 19% to \$3,277m (2015: \$2,742m) as it sold more used equipment than last year. The higher level of used equipment sales reflects higher replacement capital expenditure and a response to the downturn in oil and gas markets. This offset relatively lower growth in ancillary revenue, principally due to lower fuel prices.
A-Plant continues to perform well and delivered rental only revenue of £264m, up 11% on the prior year (2015: £238m), in markets which remain competitive. This reflects fleet on rent up 10% with yield up 1% year-on-year. A-Plant's total revenue increased 13% to £365m (2015: £323m).
We continue to focus on operational efficiency and driving improving margins. In Sunbelt 60% of revenue growth dropped through to EBITDA in the year. The strength of our mature stores' incremental
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
margin is reflected in the fact that this was achieved despite the drag effect of greenfield openings, acquisitions and the challenging oil and gas sector. Excluding oil and gas, stores open for more than one year saw 67% of rever:ue growth drop through to EBITDA. Despite the effect of increased lower margin used equipment sales, the EBITDA margin increased to 48% (2015: 47%). Excluding used equipment sales, the EBITDA margin improved to 50% (2015: 49%), This contributed to an operating profit of \$1,014m [2015: \$833m]. Strong drop through of 84% drove improvement in A-Plant's EBITDA margin to 38% (2015: 34%) and operating profit rose to £67m {2015: £46m}. As a result, Group underlying operating profit increased 31% to £728m (2015: £557m).
Net financing costs increased to £83m (2015: £67m), reflecting the higher average debt during the period and the full-year impact of the \$500m senior secured notes issued in September 2014.
Group profit before exceptional items, amortisation of intangibles and taxation was £645m (2015: £490m). The exceptional items relate to the impairment of acquired customer lists within our Oil & Gas business (£12m), reflecting our expectation that revenue from these customers will be significantly lower than initially anticipated when the businesses were acquired due to the fall in the oil price and its impact on the oil and gas industry, and the release of a provision for contingent consideration on acquisitions which we no longer expect to be payable (£6m).
After a net exceptional charge of £6m (2015: Enil) and amortisation of £22m (2015: £16m), statutory profit before taxation was £617m (2015: £474m).
Taxation
The underlying tax charge for the year was £219m (2015: £176m), representing an effective rate of 34% (2015: 36%) of underlying pre-tax profit of £645m (2015: £490m). The reported tax charge was £209m (2015: £170m). Following the announcement in late 2015 of the continuation of accelerated tax depreciation in the US, the cash tax charge for 2015/16 remained low at 4%. However, our brought forward tax losses will now be utilised in 2016/17 and hence, we expect to become a more significant cash taxpayer in the US going forward. As a result, our cash tax rate will increase and tend towards our overall effective tax rate over time
The Group believes it has a corporate responsibility to act with integrity in all tax matters. It is the Group's policy to comply with all relevant tax laws, regulations and obligations including claiming available tax incentives and exemptions in the countries in which it operates. The Group's appetite for tax risk is considered to be cautious and this policy has remained unchanged for a number of years. This approach to taxation is approved by the Board.
The Group is committed to having a transparent and constructive working relationship with the tax authorities including using tax clearances to obtain agreement in advance from tax authorities prior to undertaking transactions.
We continue to monitor developments in the OECD's work on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting ('BEPS'] and Country-by-Country Reporting ('CBCR') to ensure continued compliance in an ever changing environment. While we do not expect our tax arrangements to be materially impacted by any legislative changes arising from the BEPS recommendations, we continue to follow the developments closely.
Earnings per share
Underlying earnings per share increased 36% to 85.1p (2015: 62.6p) and basic earnings per share increased to 81.3p (2015: 60.5p). Details of these calculations are included in Note 9 to the financial statements.
Our end markets remain strong, the structural drivers are in place and we have a strong balance sheet which allows us to execute our plans responsibly.
Return on investment
Sunbelt's pre-tax return on investment {excluding goodwill and intangible assets) in the 12 months to 30 April 2016 was 24% (2015: 26%). This remains well ahead of the Group's pre-tax weighted average cost of capital although it has been affected in the short term by our investment in greenfields and bolt-on acquisitions. In the UK, return on investment (excluding goodwill and intangible assets) was 15% (2015: 13%). For the Group as a whole, return on investment (including goodwill and intangible assets) was 19% (2015: 19%).
Dividends
In accordance with our progressive dividend policy, with consideration to both profitability and cash generation at a level that is sustainable across the cycle, the Board is recommending a final dividend of 18.5p per share (2015: 12.25p) making 22.5p for the year (2015: 15.25p), an increase of 48%. If approved at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, the final dividend will be paid on 9 September 2016 to shareholders on the register on 12 August 2016.
Current trading and outlook
We have seen a good seasonal upward trend in fleet on rent throughout the spring which has continued into the new financial year. Our end markets remain strong, the structural drivers are still in place and we have a strong balance sheet which allows us to execute our plans responsibly. As a consequence, the Board continues to look to the medium term with confidence.
BALANCE SHEET
Fixed assets
Capital expenditure in the vear totalled £1.240m [2015; £1.063m] with £1,127m invested in the rental fleet (2015: £979m). Expenditure on rental equipment was 91% of total capital expenditure with the balance relating to the delivery vehicle fleet, property improvements and IT equipment. Capital expenditure by division is shown in table 01 opposite.
In a strong North American rental market, \$871m of rental equipment capital expenditure was spent on growth while \$572m was invested in replacement of existing fleet. The growth proportion is estimated on the basis of the assumption that replacement capital expenditure in any period is equal to the original cost of equipment sold.
The average age of the Group's serialised rental equipment, which constitutes the substantial majority of our fleet, at 30 April 2016 was 25 months (2015: 26 months) on a net book value basis. Sunbelt's fleet had an average age of 25 months (2015: 26 months) while A-Plant's fleet had an average age of 27 months (2015: 29 months).
01/CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
| 2016 | 2015 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Replacement | Growth | Total | Total | |
| Sunbelt in \$m | 571.7 | 871.0 | 1.442.7 | 1.268.4 |
| Sunbelt in Em A-Plant |
390.3 95.2 |
594.5 46.6 |
984.8 | 825.3 |
| Total rental equipment | 485.5 | 641.1 | 141.8 1,126.6 |
153.8 979.1 |
| Delivery vehicles, property improvements and IT equipment | 113.4 | 84.0 | ||
| Total additions | 1,240.0 | 1.063.1 |
02/FLEET SIZE AND UTILISATION
| Rental fleet at original cost | LTM dollar | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 30 April 2016 | 30 April 2015 | LTM average | LTM rental revenue |
utilisation | LTM physical utilisation |
|
| Sunbelt in \$m | 5,663 | 4.733 | 5,205 | 2,924 | રેજી જિલ્લામાં આવેલું એક ગામનાં મુખ્યત્વે ખેત-ઉત્પાદન છે. આ ગામનાં લોકોનો મુખ્ય વ્યવસાય ખેતી, ખેતમજૂરી તેમ જ પશુપાલન છે. આ ગામમાં મુખ્યત્વે ખેત-ઉત્પાદન છે. આ ગામનાં મુખ્યત્વ | 70% |
| Sunbelt in Em | ||||||
| 3,866 | 3.079 | 3.553 | 1.946 | 56% | 70% | |
| A-Plant | 615 | 559 | ROO | 314 | 52% | 68% |
| 4.481 | 3.638 | 4.153 | 2,260 |
We are now entering a very different phase of replacement expenditure as we lap our low capital expenditure years of 2009, 2010 and 2011 and therefore our replacement spend will be much lower in 2016/17 than in recent years. However, we continue to expect strong growth capital expenditure generating double-digit fleet growth. Our operating model, and short delivery lead times, allow us to flex our capital spend quickly. Reflecting our desire to be watchful of broader economic trends before finalising our Q3 and Q4 2016/17 spend, we have a broad range for 2016/17 capital expenditure of £0.7bn to £1bn.
The original cost of the Group's rental fleet and dollar and physical utilisation for the year ended 30 April 2016 are shown in table 02 above.
Dollar utilisation is defined as rental revenue divided by average fleet at original (or `first') cost and, measured over the last 12 months to 30 April 2016, was 56% at Sunbelt (2015: 59%) and 52% at A-Plant (2015: 56%). The reduction in Sunbelt reflects the drag effect of greenfield openings and acquisitions and the increased cost of fleet, while in A-Plant it is due to lower physical utilisation principally. Physical utilisation is time-based utilisation, which is calculated as the daily average of the original cost of equipment on rent as a percentage of the total value of equipment in the fleet at the measurement date. Measured over the last 12 months to 30 April 2016, average physical utilisation at Sunbelt was 70% (2015: 70%) and 68% at A-Plant (2015: 70%). At Sunbelt, physical utilisation is measured for equipment with an original cost in excess of \$7,500 which comprised approximately 85% of its fleet at 30 April 2016.
Trade receivables
Receivable days at 30 April 2016 were 49 days (2015: 50 days). The bad debt charge for the year ended 30 April 2016 as a percentage of total turnover was 0.7% [2015: 0.6%]. Trade receivables at 30 April 2016 of £395m (2015: £326m) are stated net of allowances for bad debts and credit notes of £27m [2015: £21m] with the allowance representing 6.4% (2015: 6.1%) of gross receivables.
Trade and other payables
Group payable days were 59 days in 2016 (2015: 72 days) with capital expenditure related payables, which have longer payment terms, totalling £247m (2015: £261m). Payment periods for purchases other than rental equipment vary between seven and 60 days and for rental equipment between 30 and 120 days.
Provisions
Provisions of £47m (2015: £50m) relate to the provision for selfinsured retained risk under the Group's self-insurance policies, provisions for vacant property as well as acquisition-related contingent consideration. The Group's business exposes it to the risk of claims for personal injury, death or property damage resulting from the use of the equipment it rents and from injuries caused in motor vehicle accidents in which its vehicles are involved. The Group carries insurance covering a wide range of potential claims at levels it believes are sufficient to cover existing and future claims.
Our US liability insurance programmes provide that we can recover our liability related to each and every valid claim in excess of an agreed excess amount of \$1m in relation to general liability claims and \$1.5m for workers' compensation and motor vehicle claims. In the UK our self-insured excess per claim is much lower than in the US and is typically £50,000 per claim. Our liability insurance coverage is limited to a maximum of £150m.
Pensions
The Group operates a number of pension plans for the benefit of employees, for which the overall charge included in the financial statements was £10m (2015: £8m). Amongst these, the Group has one defined benefit pension plan which covers approximately 90 remaining active employees in the UK and which was closed to new members in 2001. All our other pension plans are defined contribution plans.
The Group's defined benefit pension plan was, measured in accordance with the accounting standard IAS 19, Employee Benefits, £2m in surplus at 30 April 2016 (2015: £3m). Overall, there was a net actuarial loss of £1m in the year which was recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. There was a £2m loss on plan assets which was partially offset by a gain on liabilities.
The next triennial review of the plan's funding position by the trustees and the actuary is due as at 30 April 2016.
Contingent liabilities
The Group is subject to periodic legal claims in the ordinary course of its business, none of which is expected to have a material impact on the Group's financial position.
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
03 CASH FLOW
| Year to 30 April | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
| EBITDA before exceptional items | 1,177.6 | 908.4 |
| Cash inflow from operations before exceptional items and changes in rental equipment | 1,070.6 | 841.4 |
| Cash conversion ratio* | 90.9% | 92.6% |
| Replacement rental capital expenditure | (452.6) | (270.6) |
| Payments for non-rental capital expenditure | (109.5) | (78.7) |
| Rental equipment disposal proceeds | 172.1 | 95.4 |
| Other property, plant and equipment disposal proceeds | 8.2 | 7.5 |
| Tax (net) | (5.3) | (32.0) |
| Financing costs | (79.4) | 63.41 |
| Cash inflow before growth capex and payment of exceptional costs | 604.1 | 499.6 |
| Growth rental capital expenditure | (672-1) | (587.5) |
| Exceptional costs | (0.5) | |
| Total cash used in operations | (68.0) | (88.4) |
| Business acquisitions | (68.4) | (241.5) |
| Total cash absorbed | [136.4) | (329.9) |
| Dividends | (315) | (61.4) |
| Purchase of own shares by the ESO l | (12.0) | (20.3) |
| Increase in net debt due to cash flow | (229.9) | (411.6) |
· Cash inflow from operations before exceptional items and changes in rental equipment as a percentage of EBITDA before exceptional items.
CASH FLOW
Cash inflow from operations before payment of exceptional costs and the net investment in the rental fleet increased by 27% to £1,071m. The cash conversion ratio for the year of 91% (2015: 93%) reflects a higher level of working capital due to the growth in the business. The reduction from the prior year is due principally to the higher level of gains on disposal this year.
Total payments for capital expenditure (rental equipment and other PPE) during the year were £1,234m (2015: £937m). Disposal proceeds received totalled £180m (2015: £103m), giving net payments for capital expenditure of £1,054m in the year (2015: £834m). Financing costs paid totalled £79m (2015: £63m) while tax payments were £5m (2015: £32m). Tax payments are stated net of a refund of tax paid in 2014/15, as a result of the US government introducing accelerated tax depreciation in 2014 after we had made payments on account for 2014/15. Following the announcement in 2015 that accelerated tax depreciation will continue, brought forward tax losses will not be utilised until 2016/17 when we expect to become a more significant cash tax payer in the US. Financing costs paid typically differ from the charge in the income statement due to the timing of interest payments in the year and non-cash interest charges.
Accordingly, the Group generated £604m (2015: £500m) of net cash before discretionary investments made to enlarge the size and hence earning capacity of its rental fleet and on acquisitions. After growth investment and acquisitions, there was a net cash outflow of £136m (2015: £330m).
CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND ALLOCATION
The Group's capital structure is kept under regular review. Our operations are financed by a combination of debt and equity. We seek to minimise the cost of capital while recognising the constraints of the debt and equity markets. At 30 April 2016 our average cost of capital was approximately 10%.
The Group targets leverage of 1.5 to 2 times net debt to EBITDA over the economic cycle. This range of leverage is appropriate for the business given our strong EBITDA margins, young fleet age and strong asset base. We believe that these levels of leverage are prudent and provide the Group with a high degree of flexibility and security.
The Group remains disciplined in its allocation of capital with the overriding objective of enhancing shareholder value. Our capital allocation framework prioritises:
- same-store fleet growth;
- · greenfield openings:
- · bolt-on acquisitions; and
- · a progressive dividend with consideration to both profitability and cash generation that is sustainable through the cycle.
Additionally, we are now considering further returns to shareholders, balancing capital efficiency and security with financial flexibility in a cvclical business and an assessment whether it would be accretive to shareholder value. In this regard, we have reviewed our medium-term plans which take account of investment in the business, growth prospects, cash generation, net debt and leverage.
Balancing these factors, we are commencing a share buyback programme of up to £200m in 2016/17, for which we will seek continued shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting. Additional capital returns to shareholders will be kept under regular review reflecting the factors set out above.
Chart 04 below shows how, measured at constant April 2016 exchange rates for comparability. our net debt and leverage has changed over the cycle. From a prior cycle peak in 2008, we reduced our debt significantly, paying off around one-third of it as we lowered our capital expenditure, taking advantage of our young average fleet age, and generated significant cash flow. Since 2010, we have stepped up our capital expenditure as rental markets improved. As a result, net debt has increased in absolute terms over the period principally due to acquisitions and dividends with free cash flow being broadly sufficient to fund substantially all the increased capital expenditure. However, importantly, except for a rise during the recession, net debt to EBITDA leverage has been on a downward trend since the NationsRent acquisition in August 2006 and we have been operating within our target range of 1.5 to 2 times for the last three years. Furthermore, our overall balance sheet strength continues to improve with the second-hand value of our fleet exceeding our total debt by £1.3bn.
04/NET DEBT AND LEVERAGE

In greater detail, closing net debt at 30 April 2016 is shown in table 05 below.
The Group has arranged its financing such that, at 30 April 2016, 91% of its debt was denominated in US (and Canadian) dollars so that there is a natural partial offset between its dollar-denominated net assets and earnings and its dollar-denominated debt and interest expense.
Net debt at 30 April 2016 was £2,002m with the increase since 30 April 2015 reflecting principally the net cash outflow of £230m (2015: £412m) and exchange rate fluctuations. The Group's EBITDA for the year ended 30 April 2016 was £1,178m and the ratio of net debt to EBITDA was therefore 1.7 times at 30 April 2016 (2015: 1.8 times) on a constant currency basis and 1.7 times (2015: 1.9 times) on a reported basis.
Our debt package is well structured for our business across the economic cycle. We retain substantial headroom on facilities which are committed for the long term, with an average of six years remaining at 30 April 2016. The weighted average interest cost of these facilities (including non-cash amortisation of deferred debt raising costs) is approximately 4%.
The senior secured bank debt and the senior secured notes are secured by way of, respectively, first and second priority fixed and floating charges over substantially all the Group's property, plant and equipment, inventory and trade receivables.
Debt facilities
The Group's principal debt facilities are discussed below.
First priority senior secured credit facility
At 30 April 2016, \$2.6bn was committed by our senior lenders under the asset-based senior secured revolving credit facility { ABL facility') until July 2020 while the amount utilised was \$1,604m {including letters of credit totalling \$36m). The ABL facility is secured by a first priority interest in substantially all of the Group s assets. Pricing for the revolving credit facility is based on average availability according to a grid which varies from LIBOR plus 125bp to LIBOR plus 175bp. At 30 April 2016 the Group's borrowing rate was LIBOR plus 150bp.
The only financial performance covenant under the asset-based first priority senior bank facility is a fixed charge ratio (comprising LTM EBITDA before exceptional items less LTM net capital expenditure paid in cash over the sum of scheduled debt repayments plus cash interest, cash tax payments and dividends paid in the last 12 months] which must be equal to or greater than 1.0 times.
This covenant does not, however, apply when availability (the difference between the borrowing base and facility utilisation) exceeds \$260m. At 30 April 2016 availability under the bank facility was \$1,126m (\$756m at 30 April 2015), with an additional \$1,796m of suppressed availability meaning that the covenant was not measured at 30 April 2016 and is unlikely to be measured in forthcoming quarters.
As a matter of good practice, we calculate the covenant ratio each quarter. At 30 April 2016, as a result of the continued significant investment in our rental fleet, the fixed charge ratio, as expected, did not meet the covenant requirement. The fact the fixed charge ratio is below 1.0 times does not cause concern given the strong availability and management's ability to flex capital expenditure downwards at short notice. Accordingly, the accounts are prepared on a going concern basis.
6.5% second priority senior secured notes due 2022 having a nominal value of \$900m and 5.625% second priority senior secured notes due 2024 having a nominal value of \$500m At 30 April 2016 the Group, through its wholly owned subsidiary Ashtead Capital, Inc., had outstanding two series of second priority senior secured notes with nominal values of \$900m and \$500m. The \$900m of notes carry an interest rate of 6.5% and are due on 15 July 2022 while the \$500m of notes carry an interest rate of
05/NET DEBT
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| First priority senior secured bank debt | 1,055.2 | 782 7 |
| Finance lease obligations | 5.4 | 5.3 |
| 6.5% second priority senior secured notes, due 2022 | 618.2 | 589.8 |
| 5.625% second priority senior secured notes, due 2024 | 335.9 | 319 8 |
| 2,014.7 | 1.697.6 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | (13.0) | (10.5) |
| Total net debt | 2,001.7 | 1.687.1 |
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
5.625% and are due on 1 October 2024. The notes are secured by second priority interests over substantially the same assets as the ABL facility and are also guaranteed by Ashtead Group plc.
Under the terms of the 6.5% and 5.625% notes the Group is, subject to important exceptions, restricted in its ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends, make investments, sell assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and merge or consolidate with another company. Financial performance covenants under the 6.5% and 5.625% senior secured note issue are only measured at the time new debt is raised.
Minimum contracted debt commitments
Table 06 below summarises the maturity of the Group's debt and also shows the minimum annual commitments under off balance sheet operating leases at 30 April 2016 by year of expiry.
Operating leases relate to the Group's properties.
Except for the off balance sheet operating leases detailed below, £24m [\$36m] of standby letters of credit issued at 30 April 2016 under the first priority senior debt facility relating to the Group's insurance programmes and £5m of performance bonds granted by Sunbelt, we have no material commitments that we could be obligated to pay in the future which are not included in the Group's consolidated balance sheet.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION Currency translation and interest rate exposure
Our reporting currency is the pound sterling, the functional currency of the parent company. However, the majority of our assets, liabilities, revenue and costs are denominated in US dollars. Fluctuations in the value of the US dollar with respect to the pound sterling have had, and may continue to have, a significant impact on our financial condition and results of operations as reported in pounds.
We have arranged our financing so that 91% of our debt was denominated in US (and Canadian) dollars at 30 April 2016. At that date, dollar-denominated debt represented approximately 62% of the value of dollar-denominated net assets (other than debt) providing a partial, but substantial, hedge against the translation effects of changes in the dollar exchange rate.
The dollar interest payable on this debt also limits the impact of changes in the dollar exchange rate on our pre-tax profits and earnings. Based on the current currency mix of our profits and on current dollar debt levels, interest rates and exchange rates at 30 April 2016, a 1% change in the US dollar exchange rate would impact pre-tax profit by £6m.
Revenue
Our revenue is a function of our rental rates and the size. utilisation and mix of our equipment rental fleet. The rates we charge are affected in large measure by utilisation and the relative attractiveness of our rental equipment, while utitisation is determined by fleet size, market size and our market share, as well as general economic conditions. Utilisation is time-based utilisation which is calculated as the daily average of the original cost of equipment on rent as a percentage of the total value of equipment in the fleet at the measurement date. In the US, we measure time utilisation on those items in our fleet with an original cost of \$7,500 or more which constituted 85% of our US serialised rental equipment at 30 April 2016. In the UK, time utilisation is measured for all our serialised rental equipment. The size, mix and relative attractiveness of our rental equipment fleet is affected significantly by the level of our capital expenditure.
The main components of our revenue are:
- · revenue from equipment rentals, including related revenue such as the fees we charge for equipment delivery, erection and dismantling services for our scaffolding rentals, fuel provided with the equipment we rent to customers and loss damage waiver and environmental fees;
- · revenue from sales of new merchandise, including sales of parts and revenue from a limited number of sales of new equipment; and revenue from the sale of used rental equipment.
Costs
The main components of our underlying total costs are:
- staff costs staff costs at our stores as well as at our central support offices represent the largest single component of our total costs. Staff costs consist of salaries, profit share and bonuses, social security costs, and other pension costs, and comprised 32% of our total operating costs in the year ended 30 April 2016;
- · used rental equipment sold which comprises the net book value of the used equipment sold in the year as it was stated in our accounts immediately prior to the time at which it was sold and any direct costs of disposal, comprised 8% of our total operating costs in the year ended 30 April 2016;
06 / MINIMUM CONTRACTED DEBT COMMITMENTS
| Payments due by year ended 30 April | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2017 Em |
2018 Em |
2019 Em |
2020 Em |
2021 Em |
Thereafter Em |
Total Em |
|
| Bank and other debt | = | 11 | 1.063.1 | 1,063.1 | |||
| Finance leases | 2.5 | 1.8 | 0.9 | 0.2 | 5.4 | ||
| 6.5% senior secured notes | 1 | - | 627.0 | 627.0 | |||
| 5.625% senior secured notes | 14 | 341.3 | 341.3 | ||||
| 2.5 | 1.8 | 0.9 | 0.2 | 1.063.1 | 968.3 | 2,036.8 | |
| Deferred costs of raising finance | L | (7.9) | (14.2) | (22.1) | |||
| Cash at bank and in hand | (13.0) | - | 1 | (13.0) | |||
| Net debt | (10.5) | 1.8 | 0.9 | 0.2 | 1,055.2 | 954 1 | 2,001.7 |
| Operating leases' | 56.1 | 49.6 | 41.7 | 32.7 | 24.7 | 81.5 | 286.3 |
| Tctat | 45.6 | 51.4 | 42.6 | 32.9 | 1,079.9 | 1,035.6 | 2,288.0 |
1 Represents the minimum payments to which the were committed under operating leases.
огодтаят oporoso
- · other operating costs comprised 35% of total operating costs in the year ended 30 April 2016. These costs include:
- spare parts, consumables and outside repair costs costs incurred for the purchase of spare parts used by our workshop staff to maintain and repair our rental equipment as well as outside repair costs;
- facilities costs rental payments on leased facilities as well as utility costs and local property taxes relating to these facilities;
- vehicle costs costs incurred for the maintenance and operation of our vehicle fleet, which consists of our delivery trucks, the light commercial vehicles used by our mobile workshop staff and cars used by our sales force, store managers and other management staff; and
- other costs all other costs incurred in operating our business, including the costs of new equipment and merchandise sold, advertising costs and bad debt expense.
- · depreciation the depreciation of our property, plant and equipment, including rental equipment, comprised 25% of total costs in the year ended 30 April 2016.
A large proportion of our costs are fixed in the short to medium term, and material adjustments in the size of our cost base typically result only from openings or closures of one or more of our stores. Accordingly, our business model is such that small increases or reductions in our revenue can result in little or no change in our costs and often therefore have a disproportionate impact on our profits. We refer to this feature of our business as 'operational leverage'.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
We prepare and present our financial statements in accordance with applicable International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS'). In applying many accounting principles, we need to make assumptions, estimates and judgements. These assumptions, estimates and judgements are often subjective and may be affected by changing circumstances or changes in our analysis. Changes in these assumptions, estimates and judgements have the potential to materially affect our results. We have identified below those of our accounting policies that we believe would most likely produce materially different results were we to change underlying assumptions, estimates and judgements. These policies have been applied consistently.
Revenue recognition
Revenue represents the total amount receivable for the provision of goods and services including the sale of used rental plant and equipment to customers net of returns and VAT/sales tax. Rental revenue, including loss damage waiver and environmental fees, is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the rental contract. Because a rental contract can extend across financial reporting period ends, the Group records accrued revenue (unbilled rental revenue) and deferred revenue at the beginning and end of each reporting period so that rental revenue is appropriately stated in the financial statements.
Revenue from rental equipment delivery and collection is recognised when delivery or collection has occurred and is reported as rental revenue.
Revenue from the sale of rental equipment, new equipment, parts and supplies, retail merchandise and fuel is recognised at the time of delivery to, or collection by, the customer and when all obligations under the sale contract have been fulfilled.
Revenue from the sale of rental equipment in connection with trade-in arrangements with certain manufacturers from whom the Group purchases new equipment is accounted for at the lower of transaction value or fair value based on independent appraisals. If the trade-in price of a unit of equipment exceeds the fair market value of that unit, the excess is accounted for as a reduction of the cost of the related purchase of new rental equipment.
Property, plant and equipment
We record expenditure for property, plant and equipment at cost, We depreciate equipment using the straight-line method over its estimated useful economic life (which ranges from three to 20 years with a weighted average life of eight years). We use an estimated residual value of 10 to 15% of cost in respect of most types of our rental equipment, although the range of residual values used varies between zero and 30%. We establish our estimates of useful life and residual value with the objective of allocating most appropriately the cost of property, plant and equipment to our income statement, over the period we anticipate it will be used in our business. Useful lives and residual values are reassessed annually, recognising the cyclical nature of our business.
We may need to change these estimates if experience shows that the current estimates are not achieving this objective. If these estimates change in the future, we may then need to recognise increased or decreased depreciation expense. Our total depreciation expense in the year ended 30 April 2016 was £449m.
Impairment of assets
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested annually for impairment at 30 April. Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement for the amount by which the asset's carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable and independent cash flows for the asset being tested for impairment. In the case of goodwill, impairment is assessed at the level of the Group's cash-generating units. For this purpose they are considered to be the specialty Pump & Power, Climate Control and Scaffolding businesses and the remaining general equipment business in the US and the specialty Eve, PSS (trenchless technology and fusion) and FLG (lifting) businesses and the remaining general equipment business in the UK. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's fair value less costs to sell and value in use.
Management necessarily applies its judgement in estimating the timing and value of underlying cash flows within the value in use calculation as well as determining the appropriate discount rate. Subsequent changes to the magnitude and timing of cash flows could impact the carrying value of the respective assets.
Business combinations
We account for business combinations using the acquisition method. The assets and liabilities of the acquiree that exist as at the date of acquisition are identified and measured at fair value. Intangible assets are recognised if they are identifiable. Assets on disposal groups held for sale at the acquisition date are measured at fair value less costs to sell.
fncome taxes are recognised and measured in accordance with applicable accounting standards including the potential tax effects of the temporary differences and carry-forwards of the acquiree that exist at the acquisition date or as a result of the business combination.
Goodwill represents the difference between the fair value of the consideration for the acquisition and the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired, including any intangible assets other than goodwill. Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses and is allocated to each of the Group's cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.
Consideration is the fair value at the acquisition date of the assets transferred and liabilities incurred in acquiring the business and includes the fair value of any contingent consideration arrangement. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration due to events post the date of acquisition are recognised in the income statement.
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS REPORT
BEING RESPONSIBLE IN EVERYTHING WE DO
HEALTH AND SAFETY
Implementation Monitoring Training Customers and staff
COMMUNITIES
Community investment Helping out in emergencies
OUR PEOPLE Recruitment
Career development and training Rewards and benefits Diversity and equal opportunities
THE ENVIRONMENT
Resource efficiency Control of hazardous substances Mandatory GHG emissions reporting
We seek to act responsibly in everything we do. Being responsible is a crucial part of who we are and how we work at Ashtead. At the most basic level, acting responsibly is all about the trust that makes our business function. Trust that the equipment we provide will do what we say it will, be well maintained to make sure it works and be compliant with all health and safety requirements. And then delivering all of that every time a customer makes a new order or a new customer hears we are worth trying out.
At a broader level, being responsible means we seek, through our sustainable business model, to improve the lives of our customers, employees, investors and the communities where we live and work. Our customers trust us to provide better service than our competitors. Our employees trust us to keep them safe and reward them well for their efforts. Investors trust us to deliver qood returns throughout the economic cycle.
Above are the responsible business elements that we judge to be the most material to our business and which we discuss in detail here. We assess why each matters, how we have performed and our objectives.
ENSURING ASHTEAD REMAINS A RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS
The obligation for ensuring Ashtead remains a resoonsible business rests with the Group's board of directors. It is assisted in this function by the Group Risk Committee which is chaired by Suzanne Wood, our finance director. Other members of the Committee are
- · the heads of Sunbelt's and A-Plant's risk, environmental and health and safety teams:
- UK and US counsel:
- · the heads of Sunbelt's and A-Plant's performance standards (internal operational audit) teams; and
- · the Sunbelt board member to whom the risk, environmental, health and safety teams report.
The Group Risk Committee provides the Audit Committee, and through them the Board, with a comprehensive annual report on its activities including new legislative requirements, details of areas identified in the year as requiring improvement, and the status of actions being taken to make those improvements. It also facilitates the coordination of the environmental, health, safety and risk management activities of Sunbelt and A-Plant so that best practice and new initiatives in one business can be shared with, and adopted by, the other
Our commitment to the highest ethical standards means that the Group Risk Committee also works to ensure these continue to be communicated and upheld throughout the business. Our groupwide ethics and entertainment policies are communicated directly to employees through dedicated communication and training programmes. Whistle-blowing arrangements, in place in both the US and the UK, allow employees, in confidence, to raise concerns about any alleged improprieties they may encounter.
The Group Risk Committee priorities this year included:
- · assessment of the Group Risk Register;
- · identification and prioritisation of business risks;
- · reduction in accident rates:
- · continued training on driving hours and vehicle fleet compliance;
- · health and safety training;
- · enhanced training capabilities, particularly for key field personnel;
- · continued evaluation of driver behavioural software tools;
- · refresher Competition Act and Bribery Act training;
- · updated business continuity plan;
- · disaster recovery plan testing;
- performance standards audits; and
- cyber security.
HEALTH AND SAFETY Why it matters
Health and safety are fundamental to our business as we need to provide equipment that is safe to use and minimise the risks our people and our customers may encounter. A strong reputation for excellent health and safety is a significant competitive advantage for us. In addition, an ever-changing regulatory focus on safety and more stringent requirements for all operators continues to assist our growth. It is easier and cheaper to outsource responsibility for equipment safety to us than for customers to worry about it themselves. This has been an important factor in the shift to rental that has underpinned our growth in the US and reinforces our position in the UK.
Our extensive health and safety programmes monitor, develop and maintain safe working practices while reminding our employees of the need to be safe at all times and look after their own heatth. Our continued improvement is accomplished through a combination cf proactive safety and leadership training, enhanced safety programmes and timely incident response and investigation. We also help our customers ensure the safety of their own employees, including providing safety training as required. In addition, we make a considerable annual investment in ensuring our rental equipment meets or exceeds the latest safety standards, as well as providing health and safety advice and materials along with each rental.
How we monitor performance
We monitor health and safety by the number of reported incidents that occur during our work. We track and analyse all incidents to enable us to identify recurrent issues and implement preventative improvements. The importance of health and safety is reflected in the fact that the number of reportable accidents is one of our group-wide KPIs (see page 29).

This year Sunbelt rolled out a new online Incident Prevention Model to focus on and measure those metrics that ultimately have a direct impact on our key measures of Total Recordable Incident Rate, Workers Compensation Incurred Cost and Vehicle Incident Rate. Sunbelt also rolled out new safety initiatives (Near Miss Reporting, Pre-Task Planning and Post Incident Management) and we have already seen improvements in our safety culture and an improvement in metrics. This year Sunbelt had 948 reported incidents in the US relative to a workforce of 9,877 (2015: 608 incidents relative to a workforce of 8,401), whilst A-Plant had 284 incidents relative to an average workforce of 2,953 [2015: 274 incidents relative to an average workforce of 2,593). For the purposes of our internal tracking, the term incident does not necessarily mean that an employee was hurt or injured. Rather it represents an event that we want to track and report for monitoring and learning purposes under our health and safety management policies. There has been increased focus in the US this year on timely reporting of every incident or first aid event that occurs. This established very specific criteria on first aid reporting which contributed to the increase in incidents in the US.
Reportable accidents continue to be defined differently in the US and UK. Under the relevant definitions which generally encompass more accidents in the US than in the UK, Sunbelt had 149 OSHA [Occupational Safety and Health Administration] recordable accidents (2015: 179 accidents) which, relative to total employee hours worked, gave a Total Incident Rate of 1.41 (2015: 1.59). In the UK, A-Plant had 26 RIDDOR (Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations) (2015: 29), reportable incidents which, relative to total employee hours worked, gave a RIDDOR reportable rate of 0.42 (2015: 0.55). In order to compare accident rates between the US and UK, Sunbelt also applied the RIDDOR definition to its accident population which gave a figure this year of 69 RIDDOR reportable accidents in the US and a RIDDOR reportable rate of 0.26. We remain committed to continuing to reduce these rates as much as possible.
Safety initiatives
Driver and vehicle safety
Our motor vehicle incident rate continues to decline. In 2016, we anticipate additional decreases as we roll out our Driver Behaviour Management System ( DBMS') in the US. The DBMS takes data from our on-board telematics units and communicates it directly to our Motor Vehicle Compliance Team. The overall goal is to recognise and address unsafe behaviours before they result in an incident.
Our US transportation fleet continues to operate as one of the safest fleets in the equipment rental industry. We continued our commercial vehicle training programme across the US, with more than 1,000 employees trained in vehicle safety and compliance. Over the last three years, our US commercial vehicle training programmes have been instrumental in the education of more than 11,000 employees nationwide. We lead the industry in continuously supporting the training and education of employees in commercial vehicle compliance and safety.
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS REPORT CONTINUED
In the UK, our driver training courses are aimed at delivery drivers and cover areas such as loading and unloading of vehicles, working at height, site safety and manual handling. Atl general drivers at A-Plant, including delivery drivers and fitters, are required to undertake the A-Plant Driver Induction Course, which is delivered in the form of workshops and covers transport procedures, legislation, hazard perception and practical driver assessments.
A number of UK customers have called upon contractors to make safety improvements to vehicles and improve driver training to protect cyclists through the Construction Logistics and Cycle Safety initiative ('CLOCS'). CLOCS is a voluntary scheme, but we have taken the initiative and organised the first Safe Urban Driving course with our drivers from Milton Keynes, Colchester, Norwich and Cambridge stores, focused specifically on safety for cyclists.
Other safety initiatives
At Sunbelt we conducted Safety Coordinator Bootcamps for each Safety Coordinator in the company. These training sessions ensure that each store has a representative trained in many of the best practices we measure and use.
In 2016 we will be working to improve our internal systems further and focus on rolling out three significant initiatives to our operations: Sunbelt Safety, Health & Environmental ('SH&E') Committees, a Short-Service Employee Programme, and the Stop Work Initiative. While these programmes are being rolled out, Sunbelt will continue to focus on:
- · revising the regional safety manager annual audit
- · roll-out of a SH&E perception survey;
- · nerfecting its online incident reporting tool:
- · utilising the audit/inspection tool to conduct warehouse SH&E inspections via iPad;
- · formally aligning its policies and procedures against OHSAS18001.
- evaluating a need to align with ISO 14001; and
- · developing and beta testing a peer-on-peer observation programme in each of its specialty businesses.
For several years, A-Plant has been using successfully the "Setting the Safety Standard' brand to promote the message that A-Plant is industry-leading when it comes to safety. In addition, it wanted to foster internally the fact that everyone is responsible for their own safety, with the aim of helping the business achieve a reduction in accidents. To do this it launched the Work Safe Home Safe campaign for staff with five golden rules:
-
- Before you start work, be aware of any potential risks.
-
- Stop work if it can't be done safely.
-
- If safe to do so, intervene if the actions of others might be unsafe. Don't walk by.
-
- Maintain a safe, clean and tidy working environment.
-
- Always wear the appropriate personal protective equipment.
The campaign is being promoted widely throughout the business with promotional posters, messages, a video and merchandise being distributed to every store.
Sunbelt and A-Piant both hold an annual safety week, designed to increase awareness of the importance of safety across the business. Through a combination of presentations and workshops. key safety messages are shared with all employees.
EMPLOYEE SPOTLIGHT: JEFF HUDSON
It is two and a half years since specialty lifting business, FLG Services, was acquired by A-Plant and former owner Jeff Hudson says the time has flown by. Jeff says the most surprising thing for him has been that even though he is now part of a much bigger FTSE 100 group, the directors of Ashtead have encouraged him to develop the business as if it were still his own. Even his original orange FLG hook brand has been incorporated within A-Plant - it's just green now. When FLG was first acquired, Jeff had four locations based around London. Now he has 16 locations nationwide. He says there is no way he could ever have dreamt of the scale of investment needed to build what FLG is now. Being part of a bigger organisation also means Jeff believes FLG to be a safer and tighter business now than it was before being acquired. He says the support he has received from Ashtead has been second to none.

Health programmes
it's important to us to have a healthy workforce and we work hard to look after our people and help them look after themselves. When our staff are on top form, they provide the best service to our customers. Virgin Health Miles is a programme we use to reward our US staff for healthy behaviour, so they are incentivised to track their health and invest in it to reap the rewards that we are investing in the programme on their behalf. Staff get savings on their healthcare costs if they exercise, for example. Some 30% of US staff are currently enrolled in the scheme and 40% of those are earning health miles. Members have earned \$104,000 in rewards and 63% of respondents reported that the programme makes Sunbelt a better place to work.
Working on safety with our customers and suppliers
Being a responsible business means sharing and promoting our safety culture with our customers and suppliers whenever possible. For example, Sunbelt and A-Plant have dedicated aerial work platform, forklift and earth moving operator trainers who train customers and we build customised training programmes to fill their needs. In the US, Zachry and NBC Universal are two examples of customers where we worked with the customer's safety team to develop customised aerial work platform and forklift training courses, sometimes for a specific jobsite, the passing of which becomes a requirement for the customer operator. In the UK, A-Plant regularly participates in training days for major customers, demonstrating safe use of equipment and running training seminars. This is in addition to the routine safety briefings that accompany equipment rental.
OUR PEOPLE
Why they matter
We endeavour to hire the best people, train them well and look after them so that they provide the best possible service for our customers. Our aim is to keep employee turnover as low as possible to enable us to build on the skill base we have established. This is core to the success of the business and our competitive position and therefore staff turnover is one of our KPIs (see page 29).
In general, the rental industry suffers from high staff turnover, particularly within certain job categories such as mechanics and delivery truck drivers, with turnover being particularly high within the first year of employment. We increasingly find our staff targeted by competitors which, whilst a compliment, means we have to work harder to retain them.
Our employees are driven, conscientious and loyal and we work hard to maintain that through market-leading training and development and superior reward and benefits. Both Sunbelt and A-Plant have extensive programmes in place to ensure high standards of recruitment, training and the appraisal, review and reward of our employees. In addition, we endeavour consistently thrcughout the year to maintain and develop arrangements aimed at involving employees in the Group's affairs and hearing their views. Regular meetings are held at stores to discuss performance and enable employees to input into improvements as well as providing feedback on their own levels of satisfaction.
Increasingly, as we grow, we are adding to our employees through acquisition. When we acquire companies, we also acquire their knowledgeable and dedicated staff who have often built up a successful business. If the business has a strong brand, we keep the brand, particularly in the UK. To maintain that success, we adopt a circumspect approach when it comes to integrating new staff into the Group. Employees' contracts and conditions are analysed, and if there are differences with Group terms, we phase-in any convergence over a period of time. We want new employees to be engaged with the new environment in which they find themselves, so we hold a presentation day for staff where senior management present an overview of the Group, our plans for the acquired company and how they fit into our strategy for the future. We then further demonstrate our commitment to our new employees by investing in the business they helped build.
Sunbelt Workday implementation
At the beginning of 2016 we launched the first phase of Workday, Sunbelt's new online Human Capital Management System. The goal of Workday was to merge the numerous human resource [ HR'] systems Sunbelt employed into one integrated, streamlined solution for both the field and HR department. Through Workday, we are able to offer a single source for recruiting, on-boarding, payroll, time tracking, benefits, and employee seif-service. The second phase includes launching Workday for Sunbelt Rentals Canada as well as introducing a Talent/Performance Management module, additional integrations lincluding one with Sunbeit's Learning Management System that will enable employees and managers to view transcripts in Workday), as well as advanced compensation functionality.
Through Workday, employees have already benefitted by having a one-stop source where they can update their personal information, view their paystubs, update benefits information, and apply for jobs internally. Likewise, supervisors now have an invaluable tool to help better manage their direct reports. For the first time, every employee can view Sunbelt's comprehensive organisational reporting structure across all divisions to gain a better understanding of the company as a whole and better equip themselves to serve our customers. As we continue to grow, Workday will enable us to be more efficient in how we engage with our employees; as well as work and communicate with them throughout the entire employee life cycle.
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS REPORT CONTINUED
EMPLOYEE SPOTLIGHT: PAIGE CARTER
Last year, at just 18 years old, A-Plant apprentice Paige Carter became the first female apprentice to win Apprentice of the Year at the Construction Plant-hire Association's Stars of the Future Awards. Paige had earlier been awarded 'Level 2 Apprentice of the Year' at the event and went head to head with other winners to clinch the national title, Nearly 600 apprentices in the construction plant trade were eligible for the competition which shows how well Paige has performed in her work to win the award. One example of Paige's work is when a faulty engine required £3,000 to replace it. Paige stripped down two other old engines in the yard, tested the parts and then used them to repair the faulty engine all by herself. As well as her drive to become a competent and skilled fitter, she is very customer focused and will attend customer sites to carry out routine services and repairs, always contacting the customers in advance to schedule in visits to ensure downtime is kept to a minimum. Paige is a truly outstanding employee.
Recruitment
With Sunbelt's rapid growth, recruiting new employees is of the utmost importance. Our recruitment efforts are not only focused on finding the right employees and communicating the benefits of working for Sunbeit, but bringing awareness and excitement about the opportunities we provide. To aid in our recruitment and retention efforts we have set up a number of programmes/ initiatives including:
- · Manager In Training ("M!T")
- This programme identifies top talent out of college and the military and places them through an accelerated training programme.
- The MIT programme is based out of our top-performing stores and provides focused, hands-on training allowing the MIT graduate to easily perform their duties while on a direct path to management, with incentives for staying with Sunbelt after the programme has ended.
- Pump & Power and Scaffolding Services have already both benefitted from the implementation of this programme.
- · Partnership with Lone Star Community College to identify and hire top technicians
- One of Lone Star Community College's focus areas is diesel and industrial training
- With locations in several major metro areas, the partnership provides a broad range of candidates able to relocate in the surrounding areas.
A-Plant apprenticeship programme
A-Plant's apprenticeship programme continues to be one of the most successful and highly valued schemes in the equipment rental industry. Last year we took on 89 trainees and this year we will be recruiting 80 new apprentices. Our apprentice programmes take between two and three years to complete and usually include outside training and a formal NVQ qualification, in addition to on-the-job training. We have five apprentice streams – plant maintenance, customer service, driver, electro technical and mechanical engineering. We are also launching an HNC trainee scheme in civil engineering for our specialist division, Leada Acrow. We are pleased that our efforts to increase diversity mean that a quarter of our apprentices are female, which compares very favourably with the 90% male apprentices average for the construction industry. Our apprentice scheme also has an impressive 76% retention rate compared to the industry rate of circa 65%.
Military recruitment
At a more senior level, we actively recruit military service members and veterans, appreciating that their experience gives candidates a sense of discipline, dedication, responsibility and a determination to do the job right the first time. These valuable skills are transferable to many of our employment positions. Sunbelt features a former military employee as a spotlight on its Military Recruiting page on its website each month. This practice is designed to educate our own employees, but also to drive interest among retired military personnel in a career at Sunbelt. Sunbelt is a Top 50 military employer
In the UK, as a result of our efforts to hire and develop former members of the armed forces, A-Plant received the bronze award from the Armed Forces Covenant Employer Recognition Scheme. We also work in partnership with British Forces Resettlement Services ['BFRS'] - a social enterprise created to help the armed forces community with their transition into civilian !ife. BFRS works with service leavers to provide them with the skills and opportunities they need to successfully resettle after leaving the armed forces.
Career development and training
Training and development continues throughout the careers of our employees and we have many programmes in place to ensure they achieve their ambitions, reach their potential and remain safe. as outlined above. Employees' welfare and job satisfaction is enormously important and we invest significant money and time in facilitating career development and evolving training to reflect the changing needs of our workforce.
Sunbelt has implemented a number of new training and development initiatives including a new two-day leadership and coaching training programme for store managers during the year. Approximately 50% of store managers have so far completed the training and it has achieved good satisfaction scores from attendees. Sunbelt has also implemented a Wynne system training and practice environment allowing new employees to safely practice customer scenarios, in a training environment that mirrors the 'live' system. This provides practical experience before official on-site training and observation.
VETERAN SPOTLIGHT: ROB SMITH
Rob joined the Sunbelt team in 1999 as a customer service representative and has held numerous positions since then. As a result of his drive, Rob is now the Business Development Manager for Pump & Power Services and his leadership positively impacts employees and customers alike. The characteristics that make Rob an invaluable employee at Sunbelt Rentals can be traced back to his military career with the U.S. Navy where he was Mess management Specialist aboard the USS Key West, stationed in Virginia Beach and later Pearl Harbor, Hawaii. Rob says submariners are required to know all systems and operations beyond their normal duties and that helped him adapt quickly when he joined Sunbelt and tried to learn as many systems as he could. Rob moved from customer service to driving, then becoming a dispatcher and then store manager in the fast-growing specialty Pump & Power business. Eventually, Rob moved into project management and began working on new acquisitions for Pump & Power.
A structured two-week on-boarding programme was also developed for store-level employees. The objective was to ensure a consistent and repeatable process for new recruits. As part of our commitment to continued education and development, Sunbelt's Customer Service Representative Development programme provides a one-day training class, preceded by an online course focused on operational and customer service training. Approximately 75% of all customer service representatives have participated in this training.
In 2015. A-Plant held over 4,500 employee training days through a wide range of courses including the safety training highlighted earlier. In order to identify training needs when recruiting, A-Plant has developed a series of competence forms and adopted the OSAT (On Site Assessment and Training) programme. Each employee has their skills mapped against the gualification framework through assessment and any skills gaps are filled through training. Through this process we can be sure of developing the skills and qualifying the experience of our workforce. To evaluate the effectiveness of our training, we issue all delegates with feedback forms and these are evaluated and actioned as required. We have also used our appraisal reviews to identify several management training initiatives that will be launched later in 2016.
All senior employees at A-Plant are now required to undertake an e-learning module on 'The Green Café' (A-Plant's e-learning portal) to ensure they understand their obligations and responsibilities with regard to competing fairly and the Bribery Act 2010. The module must be completed every 12 months, and only a 100% score on the module is acceptable. Employees must repeat the module until they achieve 100%.
Reward and benefits
We believe in treating our staff well and rewarding them for the effort they put in on our behalf.
We use a combination of competitive fixed pay and attractive incentive programmes to reward and motivate staff and these drive our profits and return on investment. Our sales force is incentivised through our commission plans which are based on sales, both volume and price achieved, and a broad measure of return on investment determined by reference to equipment type and ciscount level.
We flex our incentive plans to reflect the stage of the cycle in which we operate, which we believe is an important element in retaining the confidence of our workforce through the economic cycle. In addition to their core benefits, including pension and life assurance arrangements, we have an employee assistance helpline which offers free confidential support and advice to those in need. We also have other benefits such as Virgin Health Miles, as mentioned earlier, to promote good health amongst our employees.
This year, as an additional benefit, A-Plant introduced a holiday sell back scheme. This allows employees to sell unused or unwanted holiday days back to the company, giving them the opportunity to exchange some of their holiday entitlement for additional pay and allow the employee more flexibility and choice in how they use their contractual benefits.
Diversity and equal opportunities
Providing equal opportunities for all our staff and employment diversity are priorities for Ashtead. Our recruitment comes predominantly from the areas immediately around our facilities thereby providing opportunities for local people. We make every reasonable effort to give disabled applicants and existing employees who become disabled, opportunities for work, training and career development in keeping with their aptitudes and abilities. We do not discriminate against any individual on the basis of a protected status, such as sex, colour, race, religion, native origin or age.
In the US we are required by law to monitor ethnicity in our workforce every year and we maintain a diverse workforce. We also gather ethnicity data as part of the recruitment process in the UK and through an Equality and inclusion Survey to monitor our diversity. Increasingly, many local authority and public sector tenders request this kind of information. We are committed to providing opportunities for people from all ethnic groups and in both geographies we have good representation from ethnic minorities across the organisation.
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS REPORT CONTINUED
While our industry has traditionally had many more men than women, we do have women at all levels in both the US and UK including on the Board, on the sen:or management team and as store managers, sales executives and apprentices. While we prioritise recruiting the best people for every role, we are working to make it easier for more women to join the organisation, particularly as we expand.
WORKFORCE BY GENDER
| Number of employees | Male | Fernale | Female % |
|---|---|---|---|
| Board directors | 8 | 2 | 20% |
| Senior management | 23 | 7 | 8% |
| All staff | 11.992 | 1.120 | 000 |
HUMAN RIGHTS
At Ashtead we believe in the rights of individuals and take our responsibilities seriously to all our employees and those who may be affected by our activities. We have policies in place, such as whistle-biowing procedures which protect our employees as they go about their work. These policies form part of our way of doing business and are embedded in our operations. Thus, while we do not manage human rights matters separately, we continue to assess potential risks and do not believe they raise particular issues for the business
COMMUNITIES Why they matter
The communities in which we operate have always heen important to Ashtead. As we expand our market share, particularly in the US, we have ever more impact and influence over the communities where we hire staff and make an economic contribution. Our responsibility to those communities increases likewise. In addition, our staff feel great pride in providing a service for the community. Our business is about helping people and getting things done. It is about finding solutions, especially when there has been an emergency or a disaster like a major flood or a hurricane, for example. Contributing to the communities where we operate is an important differentiating factor for Ashtead staff as well as being attractive to new recruits.
Community initiatives
In the locations where we work, we have multiple community-based programmes which often tie in well with what we do and how we do it. Raising our profile in the community in this way is completely consistent with our desire to do more in terms of the quality of life of our staff and their families.
Our stores reqularly support and participate in local charity events and community service. For example, we provide support to many community sporting events, including sponsoring a local softball team in Dallas and various charity golf tournaments across the US, We also continue to work closely with our designated charitable partner, the American Red Cross and its affiliates such as the Second Harvest Food Bank for which we have a food drive every November. We allow employees to make payroll deductions to contribute to the American Red Cross or the Sunbelt Employee Relief Fund. Our Charlotte support office took part in the 2015 Charlotte Corporate Cup, which features a half marathon. 10k and 5k race and hosted a Red Cross blood drive in the autumn.
GARY SINISE FOUNDATION
The Gary Sinise Foundation supports military veterans by creating and supporting unique programmes designed to entertain, educate, inspire, strengthen and build communities. Sunbelt is in a perfect position to help the foundation with the R.I.S.E. (Restoring Independence Supporting Empowerment) programme which provides severely wounded veterans and their families with resources to overcome the challenges of life after their injuries. A major area of focus for R.I.S.E. is the building of custom smart homes. The Sunbelt partnership with R.I.S.E. gives contractors access to tools and equipment at no cost. In addition, Sunbelt provides a portion of revenue generated from custom-wrapped equipment to the Foundation in the form of a cash donation. With a history of community and veteran support, this partnership continues to drive Sunbelt's culture of giving back.
Our Whitehaven team supplied equipment for use during the Hospice at Home West Cumbria 2015 Colour Run. Runners completed a 1k or 5k route whilst getting covered with coloured powder paint along the way. The event raised over £30,000 for palliative care for those with life-limiting illnesses, as well as helping and supporting their families and carers, and the bereaved.
In the UK we continue to support CRASH, the construction and property industry's charity for homeless people. As a patron of the charity, A-Plant has been instrumental in delivering improved accommodation to homeless people through professional expertise, building materials and financial donations. Last year we were also involved in setting up Emmaus Salford, a new community recently opened in Greater Manchester which comprises a shop and accommodation for the homeless. A-Plant worked alongside Network Rail volunteers and fellow CRASH patron, Dulux Trade, to assist in the conversion of a near-derelict former council office building. We supplied a range of equipment for use during the refurbishment, including transformers, wallpaper strippers, scaffold towers, podiums and steps.
As part of our commitment to the Prince's Trust, Ashtead made a donation of £15,000 last year which helped young people gain access to jobs in construction, civil engineering and other sectors associated with the built environment. Ashtead forms part of the Prince's Trust Built Environment Leadership Group and donations from this group helped 1,000 young people move into the sector in 2015.
THE ENVIRONMENT Why it matters
As we expand our territory and service offering, we necessarily have more of an impact on the environments around our stores. We make every effort to ensure that our impact is a positive one and to limit any negative impact we may have in the course of our work. This helps us save on costs, on any potential damage to our reputation and also helps build that level of trust our customers require. It also helps our staff feel good about where they work and helps to build good relationships with the communities around our stores.
In 2015, at Sunbelt, the safety and environmental departments merged, creating the Safety, Health and Environmental Department. This move improves organisational awareness and focus to our environmental initiatives because safety managers are now also responsible for bringing awareness and compliance to environmental initiatives. Safety managers are fully trained and capable of identifying risks associated with safety and environmental issues.
In the UK, to comply with the new Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme (ESOS'), we implemented ISO 50001 awareness training for all the performance standards team in 2015. ESOS is a mandatory energy assessment scheme for organisations in the UK that meet the qualification criteria based on size and we are delighted to have achieved ISO 50001 certification. Organisations that qualify for ESOS must carry out ESOS assessments every four years. These assessments are audits of the energy used by their buildings, industrial processes and transport to identify cost-effective energy-saving measures. Organisations must notify the Environment Agency that they have complied with their ESOS obligations. In relation to ISO 50001, our significant impacts include electricity, natural gas for heating and diesel for our transport fleet. Our commitment to improving energy performance is intended to reduce our impact on the environment and could deliver significant cost savings.
In addition we have made fleet efficiency gains in the UK. The Fleet Operator Recognition Scheme ('FORS') is an accreditation scheme that aims to improve vehicle fleet activity throughout the UK and beyond. The overarching scheme encompasses all aspects of safety, fuel efficiency, economical operations and vehicle emissions, Every A-Plant location is now FORS accredited to Bronze level [with 25 accredited to Silver], meaning we are meeting legislative requirements, as well as helping to increase environmental and operational efficiencies
BY ROYAL APPOINTMENT
A-Plant has helped many families and groups across the UK with building projects, through our association with DIY SOS, the BBC's flagship DIY show. Our latest contribution saw us involved in an attempt to regenerate a rundown community in Manchester. The aim was to transform two entire streets, turning empty properties into homes for war veterans and building a support centre to help other veterans find homes and jobs. The team were joined by two very special royal helpers, Prince William and Prince Harry, who volunteered on site. The trades came together to build homes for two former soldiers who fought in Iraq and Afghanistan and are suffering from Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder, before also helping them find new careers in the building trade. In total, 62 homes were transformed. For the project, general tool, our accommodation division and Leada Acrow supplied a broad range of equipment.
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS REPORT CONTINUED

We seek to minimise our environmental impact in everything we do, through:
- · thorough evaluation of new stores and acquisitions to ensure they meet our environmental standards and do not pose an unacceptable risk to the business;
- · improved safety/environmental audit tracking software and database;
- · improved environmental information database increasing
- efficiency in addressing permits and various requirements: · carbon, waste and other environmental KPIs captured and reported:
- · increased inventory of Tier 4 engines and training of key staff on their impact and maintenance;
- · national (non-exclusive) agreements for emergency response and waste disposal in the US;
- · providing lists of required and recommended equipment to new store openings for spill prevention and clean-up supplies;
- · the use of telematics to monitor vehicle idling and driving efficiency;
- · optimisation of delivery routes via our efficiency programme;
- · the use of tyre pressure monitors to ensure optimal fuel efficiency:
- · increased fuel efficiency in delivery and service fleet, including through improved design:
- · providing environmental education reminders to field and service personnel through TechConnect newsletter delivered to their homes in the US: and
- · the use of environmentaily and ozone-friendly refrigerants in our cooling equipment.
Greenhouse gas emissions
As we are a growing business with aggressive expansion plans, our absolute greenhouse gas [ GHG'] emissions will necessarily increase. However, we continue to evaluate how best we can limit that increase and mitigate the impact.
Our Scope 1 (fuel combustion and operation of facilities) and 2 [purchased electricity] GHG emissions are reported below. We have opted not to report Scope 3 emissions due to the difficulty in gathering accurate and reliable information. The majority of these arise through our customers' use of our equipment on their sites and projects.
GHG EMISSION BY GHG PROTOCOL SCOPE (tCO2e/YEAR*)
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| Scope I | 198,769 | 188,514 |
| Scope 2 | 38,236 | 33,674 |
| lotal | 237,005 | 222,188 |
* tCO2e/year defined es tonnes of CO2 equivalent per year
In order to calculate the GHG emissions, we have used the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised edition], together with emission factors from the UK government's GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2015, as well as the US Environmental Protection Agency.
in the UK, we collect data from all Scope 1 and 2 vendors and hence, there is no estimation involved. In the US, due to the size of our operation, we collect data from the significant vendors and then use this to estimate emissions attributable to the balance. At April 2016, approximately 10% of the Sunbelt emissions balance was estimated.
FROM CAPITAL TO COAST
The legendary London to Brighton Bike Ride took place in June and an Ashtead and A-Plant contingent rode the gruelling 54 miles from capital to coast to raise money for the British Heart Foundation. A total of 23 cyclists took part. including work colleagues, friends and customers. The fundraising target for the British Heart Foundation was initially £2,000 but we were delighted to raise over £3,000.
We are also required to give an intensity ratio as appropriate for our business. Our level of GHG emissions varies with our activity levels and we have concluded that the most appropriate intensity ratio for Ashtead is revenue intensity. Our intensity metric is therefore an indication of emissions per £1m of revenue (tCO2e/£m).
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| Revenue intensity ratio | 93.1 | 00 |
The majority of our revenue is in dollars and so the reported ratio is affected by the exchange rate. On a constant currency basis (using this year's average exchange rate) our intensity ratio has reduced from 103.4 last year to 93.1 this year.
Greener equipment
Whenever we can and where it makes economic sense, we invest in greener' equipment, sometimes also driven by customer demand. In addition to the Tier 4 engine requirements in the US, where we can, we purchase other more environmentally efficient equipment for a wide range of different applications. In terms of our US rental fleet, approximately 65% of our fleet is affected by Tier 4 regulations and over 80% of it is already Tier 4. In the UK, A-Plant has continued its significant investment in eco-friendly access equipment by taking delivery of a further 300+ powered access and low level access machines manufactured by Power Towers and Niftylift, the majority of which are specifically designed to offer an environmentally friendly solution to working at height. The majority of these, with no battery, power or oil, are both environmentally friendly and with a small footprint, are able to be used in confined spaces. The machines, several of which are also relatively light weight provide a mechanical solution that doesn't involve erecting, unfolding or climbing. Some also come with a bi-fuel option.
More and more of our customers are demanding eco-friendly equipment such as power and hydraulic oil-free platforms, or the utilisation of bi-fuel on larger equipment, so the investment offers our customers a wider range of access solutions.
GEOFF DRABBLE Chief executive 13 June 2016
SUZANNE WOOD Finance director
EMPLOYEE SPOTLIGHT: DAVE SMITH AND JESSE BEAUSOLEIL
In September 2015, Dave Smith, power generation market manager, and Jesse Beausoleil, shop foreman, travelled to the Zapaca region of Guatemala with a team of volunteers. They spent a week doing mechanical, carpentry and humanitarian work at the campus of non-profit community support organisation, Hope of Life International. Previous supporters had built a vocational school on the campus, where locals could get low or no-cost training in skills similar to Sunbelt technicians, but they left the finishing tasks undone. First Dave, Jesse and the team worked alongside the staff to get the school building ready. Then they repaired three generators, inspected and tested two three-ton air conditioners, and put together two functioning commercial convection ovens from four broken ones. They ran conduit and a new electrical feed from the sub panels at the hospital to the kitchen that supports it, and charged and repaired a ductless air conditioner at the children's home. A donation from Sunbelt also allowed additional supplies to be acquired for the projects and the team donated all the tools they purchased and used, including skill saws, cordless tools, electrical connectors, gauges, extension cords, squares, drills, bits and much more to Hope of Life.
DIRECTORS' REPORT
- 52 Our Board of directors
- 54 Corporate governance report
- 59 Audit Committee report
- 62 Nomination Committee report
- 63 Remuneration report
- 83 Other statutory disclosures
- 85 Statement of directors' responsibilities
FROM: A ONE-OFF
COOLING EMERGENCY

TO: FULL-TIME SUPPORT
COMPETENCY
We pride ourselves on being able to respond to any scenario, whether that be highly localised emergency cooling or long-term planning and project management, with almost all our product range utilised.
A shop needed rapid delivery of air conditioning units to enable customers to keep shopping through a heatwave. An 18-month casino construction project in Washington needed continuous quick responses to changing project needs and round-the-clock service and support.

DIRECTORS' REPORT
OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS
3
k
1
2
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN ● /
Chris Cole has been a director since January 2002 and was appointed as non-executive chairman in March 2007. Chris is chairman of the Nomination Committee and a member of the Finance and Administration Committee. He is non-executive chairman of WSP Global Inc., a company formed from the merger of GENIVAR Inc. and WSP Group plc. Prior to the merger he was chief executive of WSP Group plc. He is also the non-executive chairman of Tracsis plc and Applus+.
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
2. GEOFF DRABBLE chief executive ● /
Geoff Drabble was appointed chief executive in January 2007, having served as chief executive designate from October 2006 and as a non-executive director since April 2005. Geoff was previously an executive director of The Laird Group plc where he was responsible for its Building Products division. Prior to joining The Laird Group, he held a number of senior management positions at Black & Decker. Geoff is chairman of the Finance and Administration Committee and a member of the Nomination Committee.
3. SUZANNE WOOD EINANCE DIRECTOR /
Suzanne Wood was appointed as a director in July 2012. Suzanne joined Sunbelt as its chief financial officer in 2003. Suzanne is a qualified accountant, having trained with Price Waterhouse. She is a US citizen and lives in Charlotte, North Carolina but also maintains a London residence.
4. BRENDAN HORGAN CHIEF EXECUTIVE, SUNBELT
Brendan Horgan was appointed a director in January 2011. Brendan joined Sunbelt in 1996 and has held a number of senior management positions including chief sales officer and chief operating officer. Brendan is a US citizen and lives in Charlotte, North Carolina.
5. SAT DHAIWAL CHIEF EXECUTIVE, A-PLANT
Sat Dhaiwal has been chief executive of A-Plant and a director since March 2002. Sat was managing director of A-Plant East, one of A-Plant's four operational regions, from May 1998 to March 2002. Before that he was an A-Plant trading director from 1995 and, prior to 1995, managed one of A-Plant's stores
KEY Audit Committee O Remuneration Committee C Nomination Committee 2 Finance and Administration Committee
Details of the directors contracts, emoluments and share interests can be found in the Remuneration report.

9
10
6
5
8
7
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
6. MICHAEL BURROW INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR* 4 1 @
Michael Burrow was appointed as a non-executive director and member of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees effective from March 2007 and chairman of the Remuneration Committee in September 2010. He was formerly managing director of the Investment Banking Group of Lehman Brothers Europe Limited.
7. WAYNE EDMUNDS INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 4 @ @
Wayne was appointed as a non-executive director and member of the Audit Committee in February 2014 and became chairman of the Audit Committee and a member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committees with effect from 1 July 2014. Wayne is non-executive chairman of Dialight plc. He is also a non-executive director and chairman of the Audit Committee at BBA Aviation plc and a non-executive director of MSCI, Inc.. He was formerly chief executive officer of Invensys plc. Wayne is a US citizen and lives in New Jersey.
8. BRUCE EDWARDS INDEPENDENT NON-FXFCUTIVE DIRECTOR* ■ ●
Bruce Edwards was appointed as a non-executive director in June 2007 and a member of the Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee effective from February 2009 and September 2010 respectively. He is also a non-executive director of Greif, Inc., a NYSE-listed packaging and container manufacturer. Bruce was formerly the global chief executive officer for Exel Supply Chain at Deutsche Post World Net. He is a US citizen and lives in Columbus, Ohio.
9. I UCINDA RICHES INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR ■ ●
Lucinda was appointed as a non-executive director and a member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committees in June 2016. Following the retirement of Michael Burrow. Lucinda will be appointed as chair of the Remuneration Committee on 8 September 2016. Lucinda is a non-executive director of CRH plc, Diverse Income Trust plc and ICG Enterprise Trust plc. She is also a non-executive director of The British Standards Institution and UK Financial Investments | imited a non-executive member of the partnership board of King & Wood Mallesons LLP and a Trustee of Sue Ryder. Lucinda was formerly global head of Equity Capital Markets and a member of the board of URS Investment Bank
10. IAN SUTCLIFFE SENIOR INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 4 O
lan Sutcliffe was appointed as a nonexecutive director and member of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees in September 2010 and became the senior independent non-executive director with effect from 1 July 2014. Ian is the chief executive of Countryside Properties plc. He was formerly chief executive officer of Keepmoat and managing director, UK Property, at Segro plc. Prior to joining Segro he held senior executive positions with Taylor Wimpey plc and Royal Dutch Shell plc.
Michael Burrow and Bruce Edwards will be retiring at this year's AGM, each having served nine years as
a non-executive director.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
STRONG CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CHRIS COLE
Chairman
Dear Shareholder
This year has seen continued development and growth for Ashtead. We continue to deliver on our promises and execute our strategy of organic growth, supplemented by bolt-on acquisitions. As we grow it is crucial that our governance structures keep pace so that we can ensure growth is both responsible and sustainable.
We need to manage our risks efficiently and ensure transparency across the business. I am confident that your Board is well placed to do that and we remain committed to maintaining the very highest standards of corporate governance. We recognise that good governance is essential in assisting the business deliver its strategy, generate shareholder value and safeguard shareholders' long-term interests.
As chairman, it is my role to ensure that the governance regime remains appropriately robust and that the Board operates effectively. I am pleased to introduce the corporate governance report for 2015/16. This report details the matters addressed by the Board and its committees during the year.
Board composition and diversity
Each member of our Board must be able to demonstrate the skills, experience and knowledge required to contribute to the effectiveness of the Board. It is also important that we address issues of diversity in terms of skills, geographical experience relevant to our business and gender. I believe the Board is appropriately balanced in terms of diversity with a good mix of specialist skills and market expertise. This has been an area of particular focus this year as we planned for the retirement of Michael Burrow and Bruce Edwards on 7 September 2016 after each serving for nine years as a non-executive director.
Thus, while the composition of the Board has not changed during the year, Lucinda Riches was appointed as a non-executive director on 1 June 2016. While sorry to see Michael and Bruce leave, I look forward to working with Lucinda as we seek to further Ashtead's success.
Areas of Board focus
During the past year the Board has paid particular attention to the following important areas:
- · reviewing Board priorities and activities in line with our risk and ethics management regime;
- · an ongoing evaluation of the efficacy of our strategy and the degree to which it remains appropriate as markets and opportunities changes
- · continuing review of the effectiveness of our capital structure as the economic environment changes;
- evaluating our robust operating model and structure to ● ensure they remain fit for purpose as Ashtead grows and markets change;
- · assessing the effectiveness of our health and safety practices and monitoring across the Group, and identifying areas for improvement;
- · ensuring our key management resource remains motivated and appropriately rewarded; and
- succession planning and ongoing senior recruitment.
Compliance
We endeavour to monitor and comply with ongoing changes in corporate governance and evolving best practice in this area. I am pleased to report that, aside from the requirement for an external board evaluation this year, which I deal with on page 57, the Company has complied in full throughout the year with the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code ( the Code '; issued by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC') and available to view at www.frc.org.uk, and I can confirm this report provides a fair, balanced and understandable view of the Group's position and prospects,
CHRIS COLE Chairman
LEADERSHIP
The Company is led by an effective Board which is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the Company.
The role of the Board
The Board is responsible for setting the Group's strategy and ensuring the necessary resources and capabilities are in place to deliver the strategic aims and objectives. It determines the Group's key policies and reviews management and financial performance. The Group's governance framework is designed to facilitate a combination of effective, entrepreneurial and prudent management, both to safequard shareholders' interests and to sustain the success of Ashtead over the longer term. This is achieved through a control framework which enables risk to be assessed and managed effectively. The Board sets the Group's core values and standards and ensures that these, together with the Group's obligations to its stakeholders, are understood throughout the Group.
Board meetings
The principal activities of the Board are conducted at regular scheduled meetings of the Board and its committees. The Board normally meets six times a year, with at least one of these meetings being held in the US. Additional ad hoc meetings and calls are arranged outside the scheduled meetings to take decisions as required.
The chairman and chief executive maintain regular contact with the other directors to discuss matters relating to the Group and the Board receives regular reports and briefings to ensure the directors are suitably briefed to fulfil their roles.
The non-executive directors {including the chairman} meet as and when required in the absence of the executive directors to discuss and appraise the performance of the Board as a whole and the performance of the executive directors. In accordance with the Code, the non-executive directors, led by the senior independent non-executive director, also meet at least annually in the absence of the chairman to discuss and appraise his performance.
There is a schedule of matters reserved to the Board for decision. Other matters are delegated to Board committees.
MATTERS RESERVED TO THE BOARD
The schedule of matters reserved to the Board for decision includes:
- · treasury policy;
- · acquisitions and disposals;
- appointment and removal of directors or the company secretary;
- · appointment and removal of the auditor:
- · approval of the annual
- accounts and the quarterly financial reports to shareholders;
- · approval of the issue of shares and debentures: · the setting of dividend
- policy; and · the buyback of shares.
ATTENDANCE AT BOARD AND COMMITTEE MEETINGS HELD BETWEEN 1 MAY 2015 AND 30 APRIL 2016
| Board | Audit Remuneration Nomination | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Number of | |||||
| meetings held | 6 | 5 | 3 | ||
| Chris Cole | 6 | ||||
| Sat Dhaiwal | 6 | ||||
| Geoff Drabble | 6 | 1 | |||
| Brendan Horgan | 6 | ||||
| Suzanne Wood | 6 | ||||
| Michael Burrow | 6 | 5 | 3 | ||
| Wayne Edmunds | 6 | ട് | 3 | ||
| Bruce Edwards | 6 | 3 | |||
| lan Sutcliffe | 6 | 3 |

THE BOARD AND COMMITTEES
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED
Delegated authority
Board committees
The Board has standing Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees. The membership, roles and activities of the Audit and Nomination Committees are detailed on pages 59 to 62 and the Remuneration Committee in the separate report on pages 63 to 82.
Each committee reports to, and has its terms of reference agreed by, the Board. The terms of reference of these committees are available on our website and will be available for inspection at the Annual General Meeting.
Finance and Administration Committee
The Finance and Administration Committee comprises Chris Cole, Geoff Drabble (chairman) and Suzanne Wood. The Board of directors has delegated authority to this committee to deal with routine financial and administrative matters between Board meetings. The Committee meets as necessary to perform its role and has a quorum requirement of two members with certain matters requiring the participation of the chairman, including, for example, the approval of material announcements to the London Stock Exchange.
Summary of the Board's work during the year
During the vear, the Board considered all matters reserved to the Board for decision, focusing in particular on the following:
- · Review of operations and current trading
- Approval of the quarterly financial statements
- · Approval of the Annual Report and Accounts
- · Approval of the AGM resolutions
- · Dividend policy
- · Investor relations
- · Treasury policy
- Increase of the senior debt facility to \$2.6bn
- · Growth and acquisition strategy
- · Various acquisitions
- · Adoption of the 2016/17 budget
- Review of the work of the Group Risk Committee
- Review and approval of the Group's risk reqister
- · The recommendations of the Remuneration Committee
Non-executive directors
In the recruitment of non-executive directors, it is the Company's practice to utilise the services of an external search consultancy. Before appointment, non-executive directors are required to assure the Board that they can give the time commitment necessary to fulfii properly their duties, both in terms of availability to attend meetings and discuss matters on the telephone and meeting preparation time. The non-executives' letters of appointment will be available for inspection at the Annual General Meeting. The approval of the chairman is required before a non-executive can take on other non-executive director roles.
EFFECTIVENESS
Composition of the Board
The Company's Board comprises the chairman, the chief executive, the finance director, the executive heads of Sunbelt and A-Plant, the senior independent non-executive director and normally three other independent non-executive directors. Short biographies of the directors are given on pages 52 and 53.
The directors are of the view that the Board and its committees consist of directors with the appropriate balance of skills. experience, independence and knowledge of the Group to discharge their duties and responsibilities effectively. The composition of the Board has not changed during the year. Lucinda Riches was appointed as a non-executive director on 1 June 2016. Michael Burrow and Bruce Edwards will be retiring from the Board with effect from 7 September 2016.
Appointments to the Board
The Nomination Committee is responsible for reviewing the structure, size and composition of the Board and making recommendations to the Board on any changes required. Appointments are made on merit, based on objective criteria, including skills and experience and recognising the benefits of diversity on the Board, including gender. The Nomination Committee led the process to refresh the Board pending the retirement of Michael Burrow and Bruce Edwards. Further details are given in the Nomination Committee report on page 62.
| Chairman | Chris Cole | Responsible for leadership of the Board, agreeing Board agendas and ensuring its effectiveness by requiring the provision of timely, accurate and clear information on all aspects of the Group's business, to enable the Board to take sound decisions and promote the success of the business. |
||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Chief executive | Geoff Drabble | Responsible for developing the strategy for the business, in conjunction with the Board, ensuring it is implemented, and the operational management of the business. |
||
| Finance director | Suzanne Wood | Supports the chief executive in developing and implementing the strategy and responsible for the reporting of the financial and operational performance of the business. |
||
| Senior independent director |
lan Sutcliffe | Available to shareholders if they have reason for concern that contact through the normal channels of chairman or chief executive has failed to resolve. |
||
| Independent non-executive directors |
Michael Burrow, Wayne Edmunds, Bruce Edwards, Lucinda Riches lan Sutcliffe |
Provide a constructive contribution to the Board by providing objective challenge and critique for executive management and insights drawn from their broad experience. |
BOARD COMPOSITION AND ROLES
As part of the appointment process, prospective directors are required to confirm that they will be able to devote sufficient time to the Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively. Furthermore, all directors are required to inform the Company of changes in their commitments to ensure that they continue to be able to devote sufficient time to the Company.
Non-executive directors are appointed for specified terms not exceeding three years and are subject to annual re-election and the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 relating to the removal of a director.
TENURE OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
| Chris Cole | 14 years |
|---|---|
| Michael Burrow | 9 years |
| Bruce Edwards | 9 years |
| ▲ Ian Sutcliffe | 6 years |
| A Wayne Edmunds | 2 years |
| Lucinda Riches |
Development and training
All newly appointed directors undertake an induction to all parts of the Group's business. This includes visits to both the Sunbelt and A-Plant businesses and meetings with their management teams. The company secretary also provides directors with an overview of their responsibilities as directors, corporate governance policies and Board policies and procedures. The chairman and chief executive assess regularly the development needs of the Board as a whole with the intention of identifying any additional training requirements.
Information and support
The directors have access to the company secretary and are able to seek independent advice at the Company's expense.
Regular reports and briefings are provided to the Board, by the executive directors and the company secretary, to ensure the directors are suitably briefed to fulfil their roles.
Additionally, detailed management accounts are sent monthly to all Board members and, in advance of all Board meetings, an agenda and appropriate documentation in respect of each item to be discussed are circulated.
Board evaluation
The performance of the chairman, chief executive, the Board and its committees is evaluated formally annually against, amongst other things, their respective role profiles and terms of reference. The executive directors are evaluated additionally against the agreed budget for the generation of revenue, profit and value to shareholders.
In accordance with the Code, it is the Board's intention to have its and its committees' performance evaluation conducted by an external third party every three years. However, in view of the recent Board changes, it was considered prudent to delay this year's Board evaluation until November 2016 to enable recently appointed Board members to be part of that evaluation. This year's Board evaluation will be conducted by an external third party.
Re-election
The directors will retire at this year's Annual General Meeting and, save for Michael Burrow and Bruce Edwards, will offer themselves for election and re-election in accordance with the Code.
ACCOUNTABILITY
Financial and business reporting
The Board is committed to providing stakeholders with a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Group's position and prospects. This is achieved through the Strategic report, which includes an explanation of the Group's business model, and other information included within this Annual Report. The responsibilities of the directors in respect of the preparation of this Annual Report are set out on page 85 and the auditor's report on pages 88 to 90 includes a statement by Deloitte about its reporting responsibilities. As set out on page 84, the directors are of the opinion that the Group is a going concern.
Risk management and internal control
The Board is responsible for the Group's risk management framework and internal control systems. It has established a process for identifying, evaluating and managing the principal risks faced by the Group. This robust process has been in place for the full financial year, is ongoing and is consistent with the FRC's Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting published in 2014. Under its terms of reference the Group Risk Committee meets semi-annually or more frequently if required.
As described more fully on page 30, the Group reviews and assesses the risks it faces in its business and how these risks are managed. These reviews are conducted throughout the year in conjunction with the management teams of each of the Group's businesses and are documented in an annual report, including the updated risk register. The reviews consider whether any matters have arisen since the last report was prepared which might indicate omissions or inadequacies in that assessment. It also considers whether, as a result of changes in either the internal or external environment, any new significant risks have arisen. The Group Risk Committee reviewed the draft report for 2016, which was then presented to, discussed and approved by the Audit Committee and the Board on 9 June 2016.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED
One of our principal risks is business continuity and the capacity, resilience and evolution of the Group's IT systems and networks. As part of the Board's reqular updates on business risks, it received a detailed report and update on Sunbelt's IT strategy and priorities for the forthcoming two years. This provided the Board with assurance that the principal IT and related development needs had been identified and prioritised appropriately.
The Board monitors the risk management framework and internal control systems on an ongoing basis and reviews their effectiveness formally each year. As part of its monitoring, through the Audit Committee, it received reports from the operational audit teams and considered the internal control improvement recommendations made by the Group's internal auditors and its external auditor and management's implementation plans. The control system includes written policies and control procedures, ciearly drawn lines of accountability and delegation of authority, and comprehensive reporting and analysis against budgets and latest forecasts.
In a group of the size, complexity and geographical diversity of Ashtead, minor breakdowns in established control procedures can occur. There are supporting policies and procedures for investigation and management of control breakdowns at any of the Group's stores or elsewhere. The Audit Committee also meets regularly with the external auditor to discuss their work.
The Board considers that the Group's internal control systems are designed appropriately to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve its business objectives. Any such control system, however, can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.
Audit Committee and auditor
The Board has delegated responsibility for oversight of corporate reporting and risk management and internal control and for maintaining an appropriate relationship with the Group's auditor to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee report on pages 59 to 61 contains full details of the role and activities of the Audit Committee.
REMUNERATION
The Board has delegated responsibility for developing remuneration policy and fixing the remuneration packages of individual directors to the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee report on pages 63 to 82 contains full details of the role and activities of the Remuneration Committee.
RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS Dialoque with shareholders
We engage actively with analysts and investors and are open and transparent in our communications. This enables us to understand what analysts and investors think about our strategy and performance as we drive the business forward. The Board is updated reqularly on the views of shareholders through briefings and reports from those who have had interaction with shareholders including the directors and the Company's brokers. Regular dialogue is maintained with analysts and investors through meetings, presentations, conferences and ad hoc events. During the year, senior management conducted over 400 meetings and calls and attended three conferences, with investors in the UK, US and the rest of Europe.
The chairman and the senior independent non-executive director are available to meet institutional shareholders to discuss any issues or concerns in relation to the Group's governance and strategy. During the year the chairman of the Remuneration Committee met or had discussions with a number of shareholders to discuss the application of our remuneration policy and the details of the new remuneration policy to be proposed at this year's Annual General Meeting.
The Group's results and other news releases are published via the London Stock Exchange's Regulatory News Service. In addition. these news releases are published in the Investor Relations section of the Group's website at www.ashtead-group.com. Shareholders and other interested parties can subscribe to receive these news updates by email through registering online on the website.
Constructive use of the Annual General Meeting
We value meeting with our private shareholders at the Company's Annual General Meeting ('AGM'). The 2016 AGM will be held in London on Wednesday, 7 September 2016. Further details of the meeting are given on page 84. Shareholders will receive an update on first quarter trading during the meeting and be invited to ask questions and meet the directors after the formal proceedings have been completed.
Resolutions at the 2016 AGM will be voted on by a show of hands. Following each vote, the results will be announced to the meeting and then announced to the London Stock Exchange and published on the Company's corporate website as soon as practicable after the meeting. Notice of the AGM will be sent to shareholders at least 20 working days before the meeting.
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
WAYNE EDMUNDS Chairman of the
Audit Committee
Introduction by Wayne Edmunds, Audit Committee chairman I am pleased to introduce the report of the Audit Committee for 2015/16. The Committee is made up of three independent nonexecutive directors. I have been chairman since July 2014 and have recent and relevant financial experience, having held a number of senior international finance roles. The members of the Committee, together with my experience, bring an appropriate balance of financial and accounting experience combined with a good understanding of Ashtead's business.
Eric Watkins is secretary to the Committee. Chris Cole, Geoff Drabble, Suzanne Wood, and the Group's deputy finance director generally attend meetings by invitation. In addition, the Group's external audit partner attends the Committee meetings.
The Committee assists the Board in discharging its responsibility for oversight and monitoring of financial reporting, risk management and internal control. As chairman of the Committee, it is my responsibility to ensure that the Committee fulfils its responsibilities in a rigorous and effective manner. The Committee's agenda is designed, in conjunction with the Board's, to ensure that all siqnificant areas of risk are covered and to enable it to provide timely input to Board deliberations.
l am satisfied that the Committee was provided with good-quality and timely material to allow proper consideration to be given to the topics under review. I am also satisfied that the meetings were scheduled to allow sufficient time to ensure all matters were considered fully.
One of the Code's principles is that the Board should present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Company's position and prospects through its financial reporting. We have always sought to ensure our financial and other external reporting is fair, balanced and understandable. The Committee has kept this principle at the forefront of its thought process as it reviewed all the Company's financial reports in advance of publication and is satisfied that they provide a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Company's position and prospects.
Membership of the Committee
The Committee is comprised of independent non-executive directors, biographical details of whom are set out on page 53. The members of the Committee are:
Wayne Edmunds Chairmar Michael Burrow lan Sutcliffe
Main responsibilities of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee assists the Board in its oversight and monitoring of financial reporting, risk management and internal controls.
The principal responsibilities of the Committee are to:
- · monitor the integrity of the annual and quarterly results, including a review of the significant financial reporting judgements contained therein:
- establish and oversee the Company's relationship with the external auditor, including the external audit process, its audit and non-audit fees and independence, and make recommendations to the Board on the appointment of the external auditor:
- · review and assess the effectiveness of the Company's internal financial controls and internal control and risk management systems:
- · oversee the nature, scope and effectiveness of the internal audit work undertaken; and
- · monitor the Company's policies and procedures for handling allegations from whistle-blowers.
The Committee reports to the Board on its activities and minutes of meetings are available to the Board.
The Audit Committee's terms of reference are available on the Group website and will be available for inspection at the AGM.
WAYNE EDMUNDS
Chairman of the Audit Committee
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED
Summary of the Committee's work during the year
The Committee met on five occasions during the year. Meetings are scheduled to coincide with our financial reporting cycle, with four regular meetings scheduled prior to our quarterly, half-year and annual results announcements. The Group audit partner from Deloitte (or his designate) attends all meetings of the Committee and reports formally at three of these meetings.
A similar process is undertaken at each reporting date whereby the Committee receives a paper from management which comments on the principal balances in the financial statements and discusses any significant judgements and matters of a financial reporting nature arising since the last meeting. In addition, we receive reports from Deloitte at three of the meetings. The first, in December, contains the results of Deloitte's review of our half-year results. The half-year review forms part of Deloitte's planning for the annual audit and their full audit plan and proposed audit fee is presented to the February meeting of the Committee, Deloitte's final report of the year is at the June meeting when we review the draft annual report. Their report contains the findings from their audit work, including comments on the draft annual report.
Integrity of financial reporting
We reviewed the integrity of the quarterly and annual financial statements of the Company. This included the review and discussion of papers prepared by management and took account of the views of the externai auditors. The key areas reviewed in the current year are set out below.
Carrying value of rental fleet
Management undertakes an annual review of the appropriateness of the useful lives and residual values assigned to property, plant and equipment and assesses whether they continue to be appropriate and whether there are any indications of impairment. Inter alia, this review considers the level of gains on disposal and age of assets at the date of disposal along with the level of second-hand values, while taking into account cyclical considerations. We are satisfied that the judgements taken are appropriate and consistent with prior years.
Going concern
We reviewed the appropriateness of the going concern assumption in preparing the financial statements. We reviewed a paper prepared by management which considered the Group's internal budgets and forecasts of future performance, available financing facilities and facility headroom. In addition, we reviewed the scenario planning considered in assessing the Group's viability over the medium term. Taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, used equipment values and other factors that might affect availability, the Group expects to maintain significant headroom under its borrowing facilities for the forthcoming year.
We are satisfied that the going concern basis of preparation continues to be appropriate in preparing the financial statements.
The Company's financial reports provide a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Company's position and prospects.
Goodwill impairment review
The Group undertakes a formal goodwill impairment review as at 30 April each year. This is based on the latest approved budget and three-year plan for Sunbelt and A-Plant. Last year the Group concluded that certain specialty businesses should be classified as separate cash-generating units [ CGUs'], due to them generating separately identifiable cash flows. We are satisfied that these CGUs remain appropriate and that there is no impairment of the carrying value of goodwill in the CGUs of Sunbelt or A-Plant. Further details are provided in Note 14 to the financial statements.
Intangible asset impairment review
The fall in the oil price and its impact on the oil and gas industry caused management to reassess the carrying value of intangible assets related to acquired customer lists within our Oil & Gas business. Reflecting the expectation that revenue from those customers, and hence future cash flows, would be much lower than anticipated when the businesses were acquired, an impairment charge of £12m was taken. We are satisfied that the judgements taken are reasonable and appropriate.
External audit effectiveness
The Committee conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the audit of the 2016 financial statements, based on its own experience and drawing on input from senior corporate management and senior finance management at Sunbelt and A-Plant. The review was based on questionnaires completed by the members of the Committee and senior management. The questionnaires focused on the quality and experience of the team assigned to the audit, the robustness of the audit process, the quality of delivery and communication, and governance and independence of the audit firm. Overall, the Committee is satisfied that the audit process and strategy for the audit of the 2016 financial statements was effective.
Non-audit services and external auditor independence
Each year we review the level of fees and nature of non-audit work undertaken and we were again satisfied that it was in line with our policy and did not detract from the objectivity and independence of the external auditor. It is accepted that certain work of a non-audit nature is best undertaken by the external auditor. The non-audit fees paid to the Company's auditor, Deloitte, for the year relate to its review of the Company's interim results. Details of the fees payable to the external auditor are given in Note 4 to the financial statements.
Reappointment of external auditor
Deloitte was appointed external auditor in 2004. The external auditor is required to rotate the audit partner responsible for the Group audit every five years and this year is the current lead audit partner's third year. The Committee considers the reappointment of the external auditor each year and is recommending to the Board that a proposal be put to shareholders at the 2016 Annual General Meeting for the reappointment of Deloitte. There are no contractual restrictions on the Company's choice of external auditor and in making its recommendation the Committee took into account, amongst other matters, the tenure, objectivity and independence of Deloitte, as noted above, and its continuing effectiveness and cost.
The Committee has followed the legislative developments on audit tendering and rotation from the EU and Competition & Markets Authority. Under the transitional arrangements, the Group is not required to rotate its auditor until 2023. Notwithstanding the transitional arrangements, we will consider tendering the audit in 2017 to fit in with the timing of the next rotation of the current audit partner scheduled for 2018.
Financial control and risk management
The Company's objective is to maintain a strong control environment which minimises the financial risk faced by the business. It is the Committee's responsibility to review and assess the effectiveness of the Company's internal financial controls and internal control and risk management factors.
In relation to internal financial control, the Group's control and monitoring procedures include:
- · the maintenance and production of accurate and timely financial management information, including a monthly profit and loss account and selected balance sheet data for each store;
- · the control of key financial risks through clearly laid down authority levels and proper segregation of accounting duties at the Group's accounting support centres;
- · the preparation of a monthly financial report to the Board;
- the preparation of an annual budget and periodic update forecasts which are reviewed by the executive directors and then by the Board;
- · a programme of rental equipment inventories and full inventory counts conducted at each store by equipment type and independently checked on a sample basis by our operational auditors and external auditor:
- detailed internal audits at the Group's major accounting centres undertaken periodically by internal audit specialists from a major international accounting firm;
- . comprehensive audits at each store generally carried out at least every two years by internal operational audit. A summary of this work is provided semi-annually to the Audit Committee; and
- · whistle-blowing procedures by which staff may, in confidence, raise concerns about possible improprieties or breaches of company policy or procedure.
The Committee receives regular reports from internal operational audit, outsourced internal audit and the Group Risk Committee. The Group's risk management processes are an area of focus as they adapt to reflect changes to our risk profile as a result of our significant growth, both organic and through bolt-on acquisitions.
Viability statement
During the year the Committee discussed management's approach to addressing the requirements for the new viability statement and the work undertaken by management and reviewed a paper summarising their conclusions and proposed statement. The statement was agreed at the June meeting and is included on page 32.
Internal audit
The internal operational audit teams in the two businesses undertake cperational audits across the store network using a risk-based methodology. Each year we agree the scope of work and the coverage in the audit plan at the start of the year and receive formal reports on the results of the work at the half year and full year. During the year 347 audits were completed, which is consistent with our goal for each of our 700 stores to receive an audit visit at least once every two years. The audits are scored and action plans agreed with store management to remedy identified weaknesses. This continual process of reinforcement is key to the store-level control environment.
In addition, we engage a major international accounting firm to perform detailed internal audits at the Group's major support centres periodically.
Whistle-blowing
There are policies and procedures in place whereby staff may, in confidence, report concerns about possible improprieties or breaches of Company policy or procedure. These suspicions are investigated and the results of the investigation are, where possible, reported to the whistle-blower. The Committee receives a report from the company secretary on control issues arising from whistle-blowing as well as from other sources.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
CHRIS COLE Chairman of the Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee comprises all of the non-executive directors, each of whom is independent, myself as chairman and the chief executive, Geoff Drabble. Eric Watkins is secretary to the Committee
The Nomination Committee meets as and when required to consider the structure, size and composition of the Board of directors. The Committee's primary focus during the year remained succession planning and, in particular, the orderly replacement of two long-serving non-executive directors, including the chair of the Remuneration Committee
There were no changes to the Board during the year.
Main responsibilities of the Nomination Committee
The principal duties of the Committee are making
recommendations to the Board on:
- · the Board's structure, size, composition and balance;
- · the appointment, reappointment, retirement or continuation of any girector: and
- the continuation of any non-executive director who has served for a period of three years or more.
The Nomination Committee's terms of reference will be available for inspection at the Annual General Meeting.
Summary of the Committee's work during the year
The Committee met once ouring the year and the principal matters discussed were:
- · succession planning; and
- · the retirement and replacement of Michael Burrow and Bruce Edwards
The Committee met in May 2016 to recommend the appointment of Lucinda Riches as a non-executive director.
Appointment of non-executive directors
During the vear we assessed the non-executive profile of the Board. including skills, experience and diversity, and factored this into the search brief for two new non-executive directors to replace the retiring directors. We appointed Korn Ferry, an independent search firm with no other connection to the Company, to assist in identifying suitable candidates. Following a rigorous process. we were delighted to appoint Lucinda Riches as a non-executive director of the Company in June 2016. Lucinda will join the Nomination and Remuneration Committees and, following the retirement of Michael Burrow, will become chair of the Remuneration Committee.
Reappointment of directors
The Committee unanimously recommends the re-election/election of each of the directors, except Michael Burrow and Bruce Edwards who are retiring, at the 2016 AGM. In making this recommendation, we evaluated each director in terms of their performance. commitment to the role, and capacity to discharge their responsibilities effectively, given their other external time commitments and responsibilities.
Board composition and diversity
Our objective is to have a broad range of skills, background and experience within the Board. While we will continue to ensure that we appoint the best people for the relevant roles, we recognise the benefits of diversity and we will continue to take this into account when considering any particular appointment, although we do not set any particular targets.
By order of the Board
ERIC WATKINS Company secretary 13 June 2016
REMUNERATION REPORT
REMUNERATION REPORT
Dear Shareholder
I have decided to divide my statement into two sections this year. The first looks at the Group's performance over this and previous years and the level of remuneration earned by our executive directors for managing the delivery of this performance. The second sets out the proposed changes to remuneration for future years which includes putting a new remuneration policy for shareholder approval at this year's Annual General Meeting ('AGM').
Therefore at this year's AGM, there will be two resolutions on the Directors' remuneration report. The first will be in respect cf the implementation of the existing policy for the year 2015/16. The second resolution seeks shareholders' approval of the new remuneration policy which will apply for the next three years.
CURRENT YEAR Incentive policy
The performance conditions for both the Deferred Bonus Plan ('DBP') and the Performance Share Plan ('PSP'], which operated during the year, incentivise the executive directors to focus on selected KPIs of the Group and total shareholder return ('TSR'). The following table sets out these KPIs and how performance against them is linked to the incentive plans:
| Plan | Profit | Ebe | Rol Leverage | ા કર્ણ |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Deferred Bonus Plan | ||||
| Performance Share Plan |
Company performance
It is pleasing to report, once again, another year of extremely strong performance across the business with market share gains, both in the US and the UK. We are delighted to be reporting another year of record profits and record dividends. The following is a breakdown of our performance for the year.
- · Group underlying pre-tax profit of £645m (2015: £490m)
- · Sunbelt operating profit of \$1,014m (2015: \$833m)
- · A-Plant operating profit of £67m (2015: £46m)
- · Proposed dividend of 22.5p (2015; 15.25p)
Profit is the metric we use for the DBP. The following table sets out the ievel of satisfaction for this year.
| Executive | Measure | Threshold | Target | Maximum | Actual at budget exchange rates |
Bonus entitlement earned (% of salary) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Geoff Drabble | Group pre-tax profit | £595m | £610m | £635m | £634m | 196% |
| Suzanne Wood | Group pre-tax profit | £595m | £610m | £635m | E634m | 147% |
| Brendan Horgan | Sunbelt operating profit | \$970m | \$985m | \$1.015m | \$1.014m | 147% |
| Sat Dhaiwal | A-Plant operating profit | £63m | £6 m | £73m | £6/m | 75% |
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
The Remuneration Committee (the 'Committee') set challenging targets for the DBP and although it was another year of strong performance, Group and Sunbelt fell just short of the level required for maximum payout and A-Plant achieved target performance. The Committee feels that this is an appropriate level of reward for the performance of the Group and the hard work put in by our executive directors.
Long-term sustainable performance
One of the primary objectives of the Committee is to incentivise and reward sustained long-term performance of the Group. The charts below show the performance over the last seven years in terms of the four performance criteria selected for the PSP, which are designed to operate across the cycle. Each chart has been overlaid with the relative level of total remuneration earned by our chief executive for each of these years. The Committee believes that there is a strong link between the level of performance demonstrated by these criteria and remuneration of the chief executive. The TSR chart demonstrates the impact of the significant proportion of remuneration paid to the chief executive in equity, which ensures he shares the experience of shareholders over the period. This can also be seen when looking at the other charts where, while financial performance has been strong, the single figure has gone down over the last two years due to the lower value of the vested awards.
The Committee believes that the current remuneration policy has worked well in both incentivising and rewarding performance and aligning interests with shareholders. The changes proposed in the new policy will build on this success.
ONE-YEAR TSR OUTPERFORMANCE OF FTSE 100 AND FTSE 250 (%)
UNDERLYING EPS (p)
RETURN ON INVESTMENT (%)
LEVERAGE (X)
| 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Single figure (£°000) | 2.166 | 4.613 | 6.510 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | 7.272 | 4.165 - 1 | 3.115 |
| Bonus payout (% maximum) | 100% | 100% | 100% - | 100% | 100% | 98% |
| PSP vesting (% maximum) | 50% | 100% | 100% | 100% | 100% | 81% |
2013 PSP award vesting
This sustained long-term performance of the Group has been reflected in the expected for the 2013 PSP award in June 2016. The following table sets out the performance conditions and targets, weightings, actual performance and associated level of vesting:
| Measure | Weighting of award to messure |
Threshold level of vesting (25%) |
Maximum level of vesting (100%) |
Actusi | % of slement of award vested |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| TSR* | 40% | Median | Upper quartile | 59% | 52% |
| EPS growth | 25% | 6% CAGR | 12% CAGR | 39% | 100% |
| Roll | 25% | 10% | 15% | 19% | 100% |
| Leverage | 10% | Less than 2.5 | 1.7 | 100% |
* TSR performance is estimated based on performance to 30 April 2016, which was at the 59th percentile level,
FUTURE YEARS
Background
The current remuneration policy was formally approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM and received a 96.8% vote in favour. The policy became effective for a period of up to three years from that date, which would suggest a normal review date of 2017. Since the drafting and approval of this policy, Ashtead has continued to deliver exceptional performance, growth and associated returns to its shareholders.
This highly successful growth path has led the Committee to conclude that a review of the remuneration policy should be conducted, and an amended policy brought forward in 2016.
The Committee is cognisant of the views expressed by some of its shareholders in the remuneration reports for both 2013/14 and 2014/15, and determined that the most appropriate and complete response was to review the policy as well as its implementation. The Committee's expectation is that the new policy will enable greater alignment with business and shareholder expectations.
in undertaking the review, the Committee believed it important that the future remuneration policy was tailored to Ashtead's circumstances, such that it:
- supports the Group's strategy over the next stage of its development;
- continues to act as an appropriate tool with which to attract, retain and motivate the executive directors who are critical to executing the business strategy and driving the continued creation of value for shareholders;
- · ensures that remuneration is competitive against companies of a similar size and complexity; and
- · reflects practice in the Group's listing environment (being cognisant of its relatively diverse shareholder base which now contains almost 40% US-based investors and also Ashtead's main area of operation (being North America, given that in 2015/16, 86% of revenue was generated in this region).
As a result of this review, the Committee concluded that a number of changes to the remuneration policy were required. These changes, if approved, will mean that Ashead has in place a policy which is appropriate for the Group's development.
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
Context of remuneration review
Ashtead continues to deliver exceptionally strong growth and associated returns to investors. The success of the Group in delivering revenue and returns, particularly in the US market, has been central to this growth and returns to investors.
The key strategic priorities of the Group are:
- · Build a platform for growth:
- target 15% US market share;
- increase UK market share by 50%; and
- achieve a 5% market share in Canada.
- · Maintain financial and operational flexibility:
- Rol above 15% for the Group;
- maintain leverage in the range of 1.5 to 2 times net debt to EBITDA: and
- ensure financial firepower at the bottom of the cycle for the next 'step change'.
- · Operational excellence:
- improve operational capability and effectiveness; and
- continued focus on service.
The Committee's aim is to ensure that the remuneration of management provides appropriate incentives and remains aligned with these strategic objectives. In particular, the Committee has considered the KPIs and risks associated with these strategic objectives in order to formulate the proposed policy, metrics and associated targets for the DBP and the PSP.
Summary of proposed changes to remuneration policy
The kev proposed changes to the remuneration policy are set out below:
- · Increase the maximum DBP opportunity from 200% to 225% of salary; although the policy maximum opportunity is to be increased, the existing levels of incentive will continue to apply for executive directors in 2016/17.
- · Increase the maximum PSP opportunity from 200% to 250% of salary; although the policy maximum opportunity is to be increased, the existing levels of incentive opportunity will continue to apply for executive directors in 2016/17.
- · Introduce a two-year post-vesting holding period on future PSP awards.
- · Change the pension policy so that for new executive directors the maximum contribution will not be greater than the median level in the FTSE 100.
- · Increase shareholding requirements to 300% of base salary for the chief executive and 200% for other executive directors.
- · Adopt an appropriate peer group for relative TSR measurement purposes. This group comprises the FTSE 50-100 excluding investment trusts.
The Committee believes that these approaches are aligned better with remuneration objectives and the Group's strategy and will enable us to both retain and recruit competitively, as required, and ensure executives are aligned fully with business performance. In determining the appropriate incentive opportunities for each financial year, the Committee will apply the following criteria (excluding 2016/17 where the Committee has committed to no changes):
- · Performance if revenue and profits fall substantially, the incentive opportunity will not be increased and may be reduced from its current level.
- · Size of the Group if the Group is no longer a member of the FTSE 100 or its ranking is materially below the level when the policy was designed, the incentive opportunity will not be increased and may be reduced from its current level.
- · Competitor position if at the point of the annual review remuneration is competitive against its peers, the incentive opportunity will not be increased. In addition, if the comparative position gets ahead of the Committee's intended positioning, incentive opportunities may be reduced.
- Total remuneration the Committee will make its decisions based on the potential total remuneration rather than each element of the package individually to avoid any inadvertent ratcheting of amounts.
OPERATION OF CURRENT POLICY FOR 2016/17
The Committee sets salary levels to reflect the scope of the roles, their international context and the performance and experience of the relevant executive director. It should be noted that the Committee only uses comparator information to review the decisions taken based on these factors, to ensure it remains in compliance with the policy. When considering comparator companies, the Committee looks for companies that are broadly in line with Ashtead's size, structure and complexity (with companies in the FTSE 50-100 currently acting as the primary reference), while also considering the need to remain competitive in the US market.
In accordance with our current approved remuneration policy, with effect from 1 May 2016 the Committee made the following salary increases:
- · Geoff Drabble's salary to £766,000 from £666,500 (15%).
- · Brendan Horgan's salary to \$664,000 from \$577,500 (15%).
- · Suzanne Wood's salary to \$624,000 from \$567,000 (10%).
- · Sat Dhaiwal's salary to £275,000 from £250,000 [10%].
These increases deliver on the commitment I made in my statement in the 2014/15 Directors' remuneration report to address the disparity of salaries for our executive directors. The Committee does not anticipate future years' rises being greater than the general rise to all employees unless there is a change in scope or role of the relevant executive director.
As noted in the policy changes section, the increases to the DBP and PSP will not be implemented during 2016/17, but provide scope for future increases should these become necessary to maintain the effectiveness of the Company's reward arrangements.
The Committee believes that the proposed remuneration policy is in the best long-term interests of the Group and its shareholders.
CALIBRATION OF MEASURES
One area which has been raised by some investors relates to the targets in respect of the PSP. As noted above in the context of the review, the Committee specifically considered the KPIs of the business as part of this exercise. Other than the relative TSR metric, all three of the other performance metrics in the PSP (EPS, Rol and leverage) are taken from these KPis. Taking into account the cyclical nature of Ashtead, the Committee continues to believe that delivering consistent performance throughout the cycle is the most appropriate approach to rewarding executives under the PSP. As a result, the Committee has retained the same targets in respect of EPS, Rol and leverage since 2012/13 and intends to continue to do so.
The Committee has, however, adjusted the relative TSR metric to reflect the most appropriate external comparator group available. In 2012/13 and 2013/14, this was the FTSE 250 index. For the PSP awards made in 2014/15 and 2015/16, the comparator group was the FTSE 75-125. As can be seen from this, the Committee has, therefore, sought to reflect the growth of Ashtead in its PSP metrics and targets.
SHAREHOLDER CONSULTATION
On behalf of the Committee ! met with, or corresponded with, the Company's major shareholders holding just over 50% of the issued share capital. The feedback on the proposed policy changes varied and this feedback has been taken into account in both the policy and how it will be implemented for the next three years. Overall, shareholders were broadly supportive of the proposed changes.
During the consultation process, some shareholders expressed a preference that some of the conditions attaching to the PSP awards should be amended. When setting the four performance metrics, the Committee intended that the conditions should prevail throughout the cycle and the dynamic tension between the metrics would deliver long-term sustainable shareholder value. Shareholders were comforted to hear that the metrics would be throughout the cycle. Whilst the leverage ratio was mentioned by a number of shareholders, this was in the context of the appropriate level of leverage for the business.
CONCLUSION
In undertaking its review, the Committee believes that the future remuneration policy is tailored to the Group's circumstances, such that it:
- · supports the Group's strategy over the next stage of development;
- · continues to act as an appropriate tool with which to attract, retain and motivate executive management who are crucial to executing the business strategy and the continued creation of value for shareholders;
- · ensures that remuneration is competitive against companies of similar size and complexity; and
- · reflects practice in the Group's listing environment, whilst being cognisant of its relatively diverse shareholder base which now contains almost 40% US-based investors and the Group's main area of operation (being North America given that, in 2015/16, 86% of revenue was generated in this region).
The 2016 policy has been included on the agenda for the 2016 AGM. The proposed policy is set out in full on pages 68 to 75 of this report.
The Committee believes that the proposed remuneration policy is in the best long-term interests of the Group and its shareholders and I strongly recommend that shareholders vote in favour of the 2016 policy and the 2016 Directors' remuneration report.
MICHAEL BURROW Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
REMUNERATION POLICY
This report has been prepared in accordance with the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority, the relevant sections of the Companies Act 2006 and The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 ('the Regulations'). It explains how the Board has applied the Principles of Good Governance relating to directors' remuneration, as set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code. The Regulations require the auditor to report to the Company's members on elements of the Directors' remuneration report and to state whether, in their opinion, that part of the report has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. The audited information is included on pages 75 to 79.
As set out in the Committee chairman's letter on pages 63 to 67, the Committee undertook a review of the Group's remuneration arrangements during the year. The proposed changes to the Group's existing policy, approved in 2014, are set out in that letter. The proposed 2016 policy set out below includes these changes.
Two ordinary resolutions concerning the Directors' remuneration report will be put to shareholders at the AGM on 7 September 2016. The first resolution is in respect of the 2014 policy for the year ended 30 April 2016. The second resolution seeks shareholders' approval for the 2016 policy to apply for the next three years.
The aim of the remuneration policy set out below is to reward executives for delivering a sustainable increase in shareholder value over a long period of time. Accordingly, we seek to:
- · set the total remuneration package at a level that is competitive in the markets in which we operate;
- · align executives' interests with those of shareholders;
- · link a significant element of total remuneration to the achievement of stretching performance targets over the long term;
- · provide a total remuneration package that is balanced between fixed remuneration and variable, performance-based remuneration; and · enable recruitment and retention of high-calibre executives without paying more than necessary to fill the role.
REMUNERATION POLICY
Summary of the Group's remuneration policy
| LINK TO STRATEGY | OPERATION | MAXIMUM POTENTIAL VALUE | PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS AND ASSESSMENT |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Base salary | The purpose of the base salary is to attract and retain directors of the high calibre needed to deliver the long-term success of the Group without paying more than is necessary to fill the role. |
Ordinarily, base salary is set annually and is payable on a monthly basis. An executive director s base salary is determined by the Cornmittee. In deciding appropriate levels, the Committee considers the experience and pertormance of individuals and relationships across the Board and seeks to be competitive using information drawn from both internal and external sources and taking account of pay and conditions elsewhere in the Group. |
The policy for salary is around the median level for comparable positions in relation to the comparator groups. Increases will normally be in line with both the market and typical increases for other employees across the Group. Details of the executive directors' salaries, and any increases awarded will be set out in the statement of implementation of remuneration policy for the following financial year. |
N/A |
| Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2016 | |
|---|---|
| LINK TO STRATEGY | OPERATION | MAXIMUM POTENTIAL VALUE | PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS AND ASSESSMENT |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Base salary continued |
The comparator group currently used to inform decisions on base salary is principally the FTSE 50 - 100 as these organisations reflect the size and index positioning of the Company. The Committee intends to review the comparator group each year, to ensure this remains appropriate, and any changes would be disclosed to shareholders in setting out the operation of the policy for the subsequent year. |
N/A | ||
| Individuals who are recruited or promoted to the Board may, on occasion, have their salaries set below the policy level until they become established in their role. In such cases subsequent increases in salary may be higher until the target positioning is achieved. |
||||
| Benefits | To provide competitive employment benefits. |
The executive directors' benefits will generally include medical insurance, life cover, car allowance and travel and accommodation allowances. |
The maximum will be set at the cost of providing the listed benefits. |
N/A |
| The type and level of benefits provided is reviewed periodically to ensure they remain market competitive. |
||||
| Pension | To provide a competitive retirement benefit. |
The Company makes pension contributions (or pays a salary supplement in lieu of pension contributions] of between 5% and 40% of an executive's base salary. |
The maximum contribution is 40% of salary. For new directors, the maximum contribution will not exceed the median level in the FTSE 100. |
N/A |
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
| LINK TO STRATEGY | OPERATION | MAXIMUM POTENTIAL VALUE | PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS AND ASSESSMENT |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Deferred Bonus Plan ('DBP') |
The purpose of the DBP is to incentivise executives to deliver stretching annual financial performance while aligning short-term and long-term reward through compulsory deferral of a proportion into share equivalents. This promotes the alignment of executive and shareholder interests. |
The DBP runs for consecutive three-year periods with a significant proportion of any earned bonus being compulsorily deferred into share equivalents. Based on achievement of annual performance targets, participants receive two-thirds of the combined total of their earned bonus for the current year and the value of any share equivalent awards brought forward from the previous year at the then share price. The other one-third is compulsorily deferred into a new award of share equivalents evaluated at the then share price. Deferred share equivalents are subject to 50% forfeiture for each subsequent year of the plan period where performance falls below the forfeiture threshold set by the Committee. At the expiration of each three-year period, participants will, subject to attainment of the performance conditions for that year, receive in cash their bonus for that year plus any brought forward deferral at its then value. Dividend equivalents may be provided on deferred share equivalents. |
The maximum annual bonus opportunity under the DBP is 225% of base salary. Target performance earns 50% of the maximum bonus opportunity. |
The current DBP performance conditions are: · Group underlying pre-tax profit for the Group chief executive and finance director. · Sunbelt underlying operating profit for the Sunbelt chief executive. · A-Plant underlying operating profit for the A-Plant chief executive. Stretching financial targets are set by the Committee at the start of each financial year. The Group operates in a rapidly changing sector and therefore the Committee may change the balance of the measures, or use different measures for subsequent financial years, as appropriate. The Committee has the discretion to adjust targets or weightings for any exceptional events that may occur during the year. The Committee is of the opinion that given the commercial sensitivity arising in relation to the detailed financial targets used for the DBP, disclosing precise targets for the bonus plan in advance would not be in shareholder interests. Actual targets, performance achieved and awards made will be published at the end of the |
| LINK TO STRATEGY | OPERATION | MAXIMUM POTENTIAL VALUE | PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS AND ASSESSMENT |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Performance Share Plan ('PSP') |
The purpose of the PSP is to attract, retain and incentivise executives to optimise business performance through the economic cycle and hence, build a stronger underlying business with sustainable long-term shareholder value creation. This is an inherently cyclical business with high capital requirements. The performance conditions have been chosen to ensure that there is an appropriate dynamic tension between growing earnings, delivering strong Rol, whilst maintaining leverage discipline. |
PSP awards are granted annually and vesting is dependent on the achievement of performance conditions. Performance is measured cver a three-year period. The operation of the PSP is reviewed annually to ensure that grant levels, performance criteria and other features remain appropriate to the Company's current circumstances. Dividend equivalents may be provided on vested shares. Vested shares (net of taxes) are required to be held for a period of at least two years post vesting. |
The maximum annual award which can be made under the PSP scheme has a market value at the grant date of 250% of base salary. At target performance 32.5% of the award vests. In 2016/17 the award for Sat Dhaiwal and Suzanne Wood will be 150% and for Geoff Drabble and Brendan Horgan, 200% of base salary. |
Awards are subject to continued employment and achievement of a range of balanced and holistic performance conditions that are maintained across the cycle. The current performance criteria are total shareholder return (40%), earnings per share (25%), return on investment 125%l and leverage (10%). Awards vest on a pro rata basis as follows: Total shareholder return - median to upper quartile performance against an appropriate comparator group Earnings per share - compound growth of 6-12% per annum Return on investment - 10-15% Leverage - less than, or equal to, 2.5 times. |
| Shareholding Policy |
Ensures a long-term locked-in alignment between the executive directors and shareholders. |
The Committee requires the executive directors to build and maintain a material shareholding in the Company over a reasonable time frame, which would normally be five years. The Committee has discretion to increase the shareholding requirement. |
Minimum shareholding requirement: · Chief executive - 300% of salary · Other executive directors - 200% of salary |
Notes to the policy table:
. In the leation of the more of the most relevant measure of politic her prime one the primer one the med the city of the rended to consideres in the read to e
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
Share-based incentives and dilution limits
The Company observes an overall dilution limit of 10% in 10 years for all Company share schemes, together with a limit of 5% in 10 years for discretionary schemes.
Remuneration policy on new hires
When hiring a new executive director the Committee will seek to align the remuneration package with the remuneration policy summarised above. In addition, where the executive has to relocation package will be assessed on a case by case basis. Although it is not the Committee's policy to buy out former incentive arrangements as a matter of course, it will consider compensating an incoming executive with like-kind incentive arrangements for foregone incentives with their previous employer, taking into account the length of the period they were held and an assessment of the Committee will ensure that such arrangements are in the best interests of both the Company and the shareholders without paying more than is necessary.
Total remuneration opportunity
Our remuneration arrangements are designed so that a significant proportion of pay is dependent on the delivery of short and long-term objectives designed to create shareholder value.
The charts below illustrate the potential future reward opportunity for each of the executive directors, based on the remuneration policy set out on pages 68 to 71 and the base salary at 1 May 2016 and the sterling/dollar exchange rate at 30 April 2016.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE - GEOFF DRABBLE (£'000)
FINANCE DIRECTOR - SUZANNE WOOD (£'000)
SUNBELT CHIEF EXECUTIVE - BRENDAN HORGAN (£'000)
A-PLANT CHIEF EXECUTIVE - SAT DHAIWAL (£'000)
Salary 2 Pension and benefits 1 DBP & PSP
In illustrating potential reward opportunities, the following assumptions have been made:
| BASE AND PENSION | DBP | bsp | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Min mum | Base salary, benefits and pension or cash in lieu of pension |
No DBP payment payable | No vesting |
| Target | As above | On target DBP payment [50% of maximum] | 32.5% vesting |
| Maximum | As above | Maximum DBP payment | Full vesting |
In all scenarios, the impact of share price movements on the value of PSPs and mandatory bonus deferrals into the DBP have been excluded.
Service contracts
The Company's policy is that executive directors have rolling contracts which are terminable by either party giving the other 12 months' notice, which are available for inspection at the Company's registered office. The service contracts for each of the executive directors all contain non-compete provisions appropriate to their roles.
Policy on payment for loss of office
Upon the termination of employment of any executive director, any compensation will be determined in accordance with the relevant provisions of the director's employment contract and the rules of any incentive scheme, which are summarised below.
| ELEMENT | APPROACH | APPLICATION OF COMMITTEE DISCRETION | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Base salary and benefits |
In the event of termination by the Company, there will be no compensation for loss of office due to misconduct or normal resignation. |
The Committee has discretion to make a lump sum payment in lieu. |
|
| In other circumstances, executive directors may be entitled to receive compensation for loss of office which will be a maximum of 12 months salary. |
|||
| Such payments will be equivalent to the monthly salary and benefits that the executive would have received if still in employment with the Company. Executive directors will be expected to mitigate their loss within a 12-month period of their departure from the Company. |
|||
| Pension | Pension contributions or payments in lieu of pension contribution will be made during the notice period. No additional payments will be made in respect of pension contributions for loss of office. |
The Committee has discretion to make a lump sum payment in lieu. |
|
| DBP | The treatment of the Deferred Bonus Plan is governed by the rules of the plan. |
The Committee has the discretion to determine that an executive director is a good leaver'. |
|
| Cessation of employment If a participant ceases to be employed by a Group company for any reason, an award that has not vested shall lapse unless the Committee in its absolute discretion determines otherwise for good leaver reasons lincluding, but not limited to, injury, disability, ill health, retirement, redundancy or transfer of the business). |
The Committee retains discretion to set the measurement date for the purposes of determining performance measurement and whether to pro-rate the contribution for that plan year. |
||
| If the Committee determines that deferred awards held in a participant's plan account shall not lapse on cessation of employment, all deferred awards held in the participant's plan account shall vest immediately and the Committee shall determine: |
It should be noted that it is the Committee's policy only to apply such discretions if the circumstances at the time are, in its opinion, sufficiently |
||
| ja] whether the measurement date for that plan year is brought forward to the date of cessation or remains at the end of the plan year; and |
exceptional, and to provide a full explanation to shareholders where discretion is exercised. |
||
| (b) whether a reduction is applied to the payment to take account of the proportion of the plan year elapsed and the contribution to the Group. |
|||
| If the Committee determines that the measurement date is the date of cessation, the Committee shall pro-rate the performance conditions to the date of cessation. |
|||
| Change of control On a change of control, all deferred awards held in a participant's plan account shall vest immediately and the Committee shall determine: |
The Committee retains discretion to pro-rate the contribution for that plan year. It is the Committee's policy in normal circumstances to pro-rate to time; however, in exceptional circumstances where the nature of the transaction produces exceptional value for shareholders and provided the |
||
| (a) that the measurement date is the date of the change of control; and | |||
| (b) whether a reduction is applied to the payment to take account of the proportion of the plan year elapsed and the participant's contribution to the Group. |
|||
| The Committee shall pro-rate the performance conditions to the measurement date. |
performance targets are met, the Committee will consider whether |
||
| In the event of an internal reorganisation, the Committee may determine that awards are replaced by equivalent awards. |
pro-rating is equitable. |
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
| ELEMENT | APPROACH | APPLICATION OF COMMITTEE DISCRETION | |
|---|---|---|---|
| ਸ | The treatment of awards is governed by the rules of the plan. | The Committee has the discretion to determine that an executive director is a good leaver'. |
|
| Cessation of employment If a participant ceases to be employed by a Group company for any reason, an award that has not vested shall lapse unless the Committee in its absolute discretion determines otherwise for good leaver reasons lincluding, but not limited to, injury, disability, ill health, retirement, redundancy or transfer of the business). |
|||
| The Committee retains discretion to set the vesting date. |
|||
| It should be noted that it is the Committee's policy only to apply such discretions if the circumstances at the time are, in its opinion, sufficiently exceptional, and to provide a full explanation to shareholders where discretion is exercised. |
|||
| Where the participant is a 'good teaver', and at the discretion of the Committee, awards may continue until the normal time of vesting and with the performance target and any other conditions considered at the time of vesting. If the participant s awards vest, the proportion of the awards which shall vest will be determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion taking into account such factors as the Committee may consider relevant including, but not limited to, the time the award has been held by the participant and having regard to the performance target and any further condition imposed under the rules of the plan. |
|||
| Alternatively, the Committee may decide that the award may vest on the date of cessation taking into account such factors as the Committee may consider relevant including, but not limited to, the time the award has been held by the participant and having regard to the performance target and any further condition imposed under the rules of the plan. |
|||
| Change of control The proportion of the awards which shall vest will be determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion taking into account such factors as the Committee may consider relevant including, but not limited to, the time the award has been held by the participant and having regard to the performance target and any further condition imposed under the rules of the plan. |
It is the Committee's policy to measure the level of satisfaction of performance targets on a change of control. It is the Committee's policy in normal circumstances to pro-rate to time; however, in exceptional circumstances where the nature of the transaction produces exceptional value for shareholders and provided the performance targets are met, the Committee will consider whether pro-rating is equitable. |
There is no agreement between the Company and its directors or employees, providing for compensation for loss of office or employment that eccurs as a result of a takeover bid. The Committee reserves the right to make payments are made in good faith in discharge of a legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation); or by way of settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection with the termination of an executive director's office or employment.
When determining any loss of office payment for a departing individual the Committee will always seek to the Company whils seeking to address the circumstances at the time.
Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Company
The constituent parts of the senior management team's remuneration package mirror those of the executives. The performance conditions attaching to PSP awards are common throughout the Company.
When considering executive compensation, the Committee is advised of, and takes into account, changes to the remuneration of employees elsewhere within the Committee does not consider it appropriate to consult with employees when determining executive remuneration.
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
Remuneration policy for non-executive directors
The remuneration of the non-executive directors is determined by the Board within limits set out in the Articles of Association. None of the non-executive directors has a service contract with the Company and their appointment is therefore terminable by the Board at any time. When recruiting a non-executive director, the remuneration arrangements offered will be in line with the policy table below:
| APPROACH TO FEES | BASIS OF FEES |
|---|---|
| Fees are set at a level to attract and retain high-calibre | Each non-executive director is paid a basic fee for undertaking |
| non-executive directors. | non-executive director and board responsibilities. |
| Fees are reviewed on a regular basis to ensure they reflect the time commitment required and practice in companies of a similar size and complexity. |
Additional fees are paid to the chairman and the chairs of the Audit and Remuneration Committees and the senior independent director. |
Consideration of shareholder views
The Committee believes that it is important to maintain an open and transparent dialogue with shareholders on remuneration matters.
The Committee sought the views of its major shareholders on the proposed new remuneration policy. The views expressed by the shareholders have been taken into account in determining the policy and the implementation of it.
Looking forward, the Committee will continue to engage with shareholders regarding material changes to the approved policy or proposed changes to the policy.
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
Single total figure for remuneration (audited information)
Executive directors
The single figure for the total remuneration received by each executive director for the year is shown in the table below:
| Salary | Benefits 11 | Pension® | CBPM | PSPlai | Total | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 000.3 |
2015 000.0 |
2016 000.3 |
2015 000.3 |
2016 E'000 |
2015 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 |
2016 C'DOO |
2015 £'000 |
2016 000.3 |
2015 E'000 |
2016 C'000 |
2015 E'ODD |
|
| Sat Dhaiwal | 250 | 245 | 177 | 17 | 50 | 49 | 203 | 250 | 249 | 723 | 764 | 1.284 |
| Geoff Drabble | 667 | 641 | 199 | 75 | 267 | 256 | 1.113 | 854 | 869 | 2.339 | 3,115 | 4,165 |
| Brendan Horgan | 384 | 345 | 19 | 17 | 12 | 11 | 413 | 345 | 370 | 912 | 1,258 | 1 630 |
| Suzanne Wood | 377 | 338 | 81 | 79 | 16 | 19 | 465 | 338 | 351 | 912 | 1,290 | 1 ୧୫୧ |
| 1.678 | 1,569 | રૂપર | 188 | 345 | 335 | 2,259 | 1 787 | 1,829 | 4.886 | 6,427 | 8.765 |
(i) Benefits include the taxable benefit of company owned call insurance and subscripions and other taxable alowences include car, travel and acconmodation allowances. The amount for Geoff Drabble includes the buyout of his accommodation allowance entitlement.
It earn of the level for and en are an annen in lieu of pension contribution at 20% and 40% of ear prosection in e another help hot one one manage in clas. (ii)
ilit Delle resort precessor and becember and concerner communical de del concerne de concerne de concere con dieco.
The Periode de de verine estation de chemane de condent d life nate each the by the Man Health Millian Copen on the cases not the arman in the armach in the annes in and the can and the can and the can and this chie and dring parid value for 2015 has been adjusted to reflect the actual market value on the date of vesting of 1,045p.
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
The value attributable to the PSP awards within the single total figure for remuneration of the share price since the awards were granted. This is illustrated as follows:
UOULS
◀ Performance element based on share price at date of grant
Share price appreciation element since grant date plus cash in lieu of dividends
Directors' pension benefits (audited information)
The Company makes a payment of 20% of Sat Dhaiwal's base salary in lieu of providing him with any ongoing pension arrangements.
The Company makes a payment of 40% of Geoff Drabble's base salary in lieu of providing him with any pension arrangements. This was agreed prior to his joining the Company in 2006 and reflected the fact that he was leaving a generous defined benefit arrangement at his previous employer.
Brendan Horgan and Suzanne Wood are members of the Sunbelt 401K defined contribution pension plan and the 409A deferred compensation plan. They are entitled to a company co-match conditional on contributing into the 401K plan or deferring into the 409A plan. The co-match is limited to amounts permitted by regulatory agencies and is effected either by a company payment into the 401K plan or an enhanced deferral into the 409A plan and was \$18,070 for Brendan Horgan and \$24,400 for Suzanne Wood in 2015/16,
At 30 April 2016, the total amount available to Brendan Horgan but deferred compensation plan was \$421,140 or £287,468. This includes an allocated investment loss of \$25,600 or £17,549). The amount available to Suzanne Wood under the same plan was \$329,876. This includes an allocated investment loss of \$14,257 or £9,489 (2015; gain of £16,019).
The Deferred Bonus Plan (audited information)
The performance targets for the Deferred Bonus Plan for the year were as follows:
| Group Di e-tax profit" |
Sunbelt operating profit" |
A-Plant operating profit* |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| Forfeiture | £490m | \$833m | £46m |
| Entry | £580m | \$950m | £60m |
| Threshold | £595m | \$970m | £63m |
| Target | £610m | \$985m | £67m |
| Maximum | £635m | \$1.015m | £73m |
| Actual - reported | £645m | \$1,014m | E Mim |
| Actual - budget exchange rates | 234m | n/a | n/a |
* Underlying profit.
The performance targets for Geoff Drabble and Suzanne Wood for the year to 30 April 2016 related directly to the underlying pre-lax profits of Ashtead Group. The targets for Brendan Horgan and Sat Dhaiwal, related to the underlying operating profit of Sunbelt and A-Plant respectively. The Group target set by the Committee for full entitlement under the DBP was significantly ahead of the prior year (E490m) and ahead of the consensus market expectation of £612m when the targets for Sunbelt and A-Plant were significantly ahead of the prior year of \$833m and £46m respectively. For the year to 30 April 2016, the underlying pre-tax proup was E634m at budget exchange rates and underlying operating profit for Sunbell and A-Plant was \$1,014m and E67m respectively. As a result, Geoff Drabble, Suzanne Wood and Brendan Horgan earned 98% of their maximum bonus entitlements and Sat Dhaiwal earned 50%. These are equivalent to 196% of base salary for Geoff Drabble, 147% of base salary for Suzanne Wood and Brendan Horgan and 75% of base salary for Sat Dhaiwal. Sat Dhaiwal s salary review date was 1 November. This salary increase six months to coincide with the other executive directors. However, in deferring the increase we agreed that his bonus would be based on his salary effective from 1 May 2016.
| Number of share equivalent awards | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Brought forward |
Released | Granted | Carried forward |
released awards E.000 |
||
| Sat Dhaiwal | 11.101 | (7.401) | 7.184 | 10.884 | 71 | |
| Geoff Drabble | 37.940 | (25.293) | 45.501 | 58.148 | 242 | |
| Brendan Horgan | 15.892 | (10.595) | 20.611 | 25.908 | 101 | |
| Suzanne Wood | 15.603 | (10,402) | 20.253 | 25.454 | 100 |
The Performance Share Plan
The performance criteria represent a balatic approach involving four measures selected because delivery of them through the cycle is a significant challenge and the achiever optimum sustainable performance over the long term. The performance criteria are as follows:
| Financial | Performance criteria (measured over three years) | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Award cate | year | TSR (40%) | EPS (25%) | Ral (25%) | Leverage (10%) | Status | |
| 19/9/12 | 2012/13 | From date of grant versus FTSE 250 Index (25% of this element of the award will vest at median; 100% at upper quartile) |
25% of this element of the award will vest if EPS compound growth for the three years ending 30 April immediately prior to |
25% of this element of the award will vest at an Rol of 10% with 100% vesting with an Rol of 15% |
100% of this element of the award will vest if the ratio of net debt to EBITDA is equal to, or is less than, 2.5 times |
Vested in full in September/October 2015 |
|
| 1/7/13 | 2013/14 | As above | the vesting date is 6% per annum, rising to 100% vesting if EPS compound growth is equal to, or exceeds, 12% per annum |
As above | As above | 2013 award Expected to vest partially in June 2016. TSR performance is in the second quartile, EPS growth of 171%, Ro! of 19% and leverage of 1.7 times |
|
| 19/6/14 | 2014/15 From 1 May of the year of grant versus the FTSE 350 companies ranked 75th to 125th by market capitalisation |
As above | As ahove | As above | 2014 award TSR performance is in the third quartite, EPS growth of 83%. Rol of 19% and leverage of 1.7 times |
||
| 6/7/15 | 2015/16 | As above* | As above | As anove | As above | 2015 award TSR performance is in the fourth quartile, EPS growth of 36%, Rol of 19% and leverage of 1.7 times |
The TSR comparator is FTS 300 companies ranked 75th by market capitalisation for awards up to 150% of base salary. The comparator group for hat elsment of any everd above 150% of base salary is FTSE 350 ccmpanies ranked 50th to 100th by market capitalisation.
For performance between the lower and upper target ranges, vesting of the award is scaled on a straight-line basis.
The 2012 PSP award vested in full on 9 October 2014/15 of 50% exceeding the upper target of 12% and the Company's TSR performance ranked it 13th within the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts). Rol was 19% and leverage 1.8 times.
EPS is based on the profit before exceptional items, fair value remeasurements and amortisation of acquired intangibles less the tax charge included in the accounts. Historically, TSR performance has been measured relative to the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) rather than a specific comparator group of companies because there are few direct comparators to the Company listed in London and because the Company was a FTSE 250 company. From 2014/15 the comparator group is comprised primarily of the FTSE 350 ranked 75th to 125th by market capitalisation lexcluding investment trusts). The Company's TSR performance relative to the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) and FTSE 100 (excluding investment trusts) is shown on page 80.
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
Single total figure of remuneration (audited information) Non-executive directors
| Fees | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2016 000.3 |
2015 €'000 |
|
| Chris Cole | 200 | 193 |
| Michael Burrow | 60 | ಕಿತ |
| Wayne Edmunds | 60 | ട്ക |
| Bruce Edwards | 50 | 49 |
| Hugh Etheridge | l | 11 |
| lan Sutcliffe | 60 | 58 |
| 430 | 428 |
The non-executive directors did not receive any remuneration from the Company in addition to the fees detailed above.
Scheme interests awarded between 1 May 2015 and 30 April 2016 (audited information)
Performance Share Plan
The awards made on 6 July 2015 are subject to the PSP and the achievement of stretching performance conditions, which are set out on page 71, over a three-year period to 30 April 2018. The awards are summarised below:
| Number | Face value of award €.000 |
Face value of award as % of base salary |
% of award vesting for target performance |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Sat Dhawal | 35.680 | 375 | 150% | 32.5% |
| Geoff Drabble | 126.832 | 1.333 | 200% | 32.5% |
| Brendan Horgan | 70.437 | 740 | 200% | 32.5% |
| Suzanne Wood | 51.867 | 545 | 150% | 32.5% |
PSP awards were allocated on 6 July 2015 using the closing mid-market share price (1,051p) of Ashtead Group plc on that day.
Payments to past directors (audited information)
No payments were made to past directors of the Company during the year.
Payments for loss of office (audited information)
During the year there have been no payments made to directors for loss of office.
Statement of executive directors' shareholdings and share interests (audited information)
The executive directors are subject to a minimum shareholding obligation. Under the proposed 2016 remuneration policy, the chief executive is expected to hold shares at least equal to 300% of base salary and the remaining executive directors are expected to hold shares at least equal to 200% of base salary. As shown below, the executive directors comply with these shareholding requirements.
| Shares held outright at 30 April 2016 |
Shares held outright at 30 April 2016 as a % of salary |
Outstanding unvested scheme interests subject to performance measures |
Total of all share interests and outstanding scheme interests at 30 April 2016 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Sat Dhaiwal | 398.375 | 1.240% | 96.582 | 494.957 |
| Geoff Drabble | 1.334.159 | 1.491% | 358.575 | 1.692.734 |
| Brendan Horgan | 493.874 | 93391 | 168.420 | 662,294 |
| Suzanne Wood | 208.805 | 420% | 146.332 | 355.137 |
Notes
- All oussaning enterests take be or nor rights on enteres.
- he ciculaining as a ccentage of selectric for the three morths ended 30 April 2016, the stering/dellar exch
1. Interests in shares held at 30 April 2016 include shares held by connected persons.
Performance Share Plan awards
Awards made under the PSP, and those which remain outstanding at 30 April 2016, are shown in the table below:
| Date of grant |
Held at 30 April 2015 |
Exercised during the , 2ar |
Granted during the year |
Held at 30 April 2016 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Sat Dhaiwal | 19/09/12 | 67,012 | 67,012 | - | |
| 01/07/13 | 33,108 | D | 33,108 | ||
| 19/06/14 | 27,794 | 4 | 27,794 | ||
| 06/07/15 | 1 | 63 | 35,680 | 35,680 | |
| Geoff Drabble | 19/09/12 | 216.680 | 216,680 | 11 | |
| 01/07/13 | 120,429 | - | - | 120,429 | |
| 19/06/14 | 111,314 | 1 | = | 111,314 | |
| 06/07/15 | 0 | 126,832 | 126,832 | ||
| Brendan Horgan | 19/09/12 | 84,491 | 84,491 | ||
| 01/07/13 | 51,300 | - | 51,300 | ||
| 19/06/14 | 46,683 | - | - | 46,683 | |
| 06/07/15 | :- | - | 70,437 | 70,437 | |
| Suzanne Wood | 19/09/12 | 84.491 | 84.491 | = | |
| 01/07/13 | 48,631 | 14 | 48,631 | ||
| 19/06/14 | 45,834 | 1 | P | 45,834 | |
| 06/07/15 | T | 51,867 | 51,867 |
The performance conditions attaching to the PSP awards are detailed on page 77. The market price of the year was 1,051p on the date of grant.
Statement of non-executive directors' shareholding (audited information)
As at 30 April 2016, the non-executive directors' interests in ordinary shares of the Company were:
| Number | |
|---|---|
| Michael Burrow | 22,500 |
| Chris Cole | 135,082 |
| Wayne Edmunds | |
| Bruce Edwards | 40.000 |
| lan Sutcliffe | 24,500 |
The market price of the Company's shares at the end of the financial year was 907.5p and the highest and lowest closing the financial year were 1,217p and 769p respectively.
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Performance graph and table
Over the last eight years the Company has generated an 18-fold total shareholder return ("TSR") which is shown below. The following graph compares the Company's TSR performance with the FTSE 100 Index (both excluding investment trusts) over the eight years ended 30 April 2016. The FTSE 250 is the Stock Exchange index the Committee considers to be the most appropriate to the size and scale of the Company's operations over that period.
TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (£)
Ashtead FTSE 100 excluding investment trusts A FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts
During the same period, the total remuneration received by the Group chief executive has increased as a result of the strong performance of the business:
| 2009 | 2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total remuneration (£°000) | 826 | 1.037 | 2.166 | 4.613 | 6.510 | 7.272 | 4.165 | 3.115 |
| Underlying profit before tax (£m) | 87 | ပါ | 31 | 131 | 245 | 362 | 490 | 645 |
| Proportion of maximum annual | ||||||||
| bonus potential awarded | 25% | 75% | 100% | 100% - | 100% | 100% - | 100% | 98% |
| Proportion of PSP vesting | 0% | 0% | 50% | 100% - | 100% | 100% | 100% | 81% |
Percentage change in remuneration of chief executive
The table below summarises the percentage in remuneration of Geoff Drabble, the chief executive, between the years ended 30 Acril 2015 and 30 April 2016 and the average percentage change over the Group as a whole. Geoff Drabble participates in the Deferred Bonus Plan and his annual bonus reflects payments under this plan. Details are provided on pages 76 and 77.
| Salary | Benefits | Annual bonus | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Chief executive percentage change | 4% | 164% | 30% |
| Group percentage change | 3% | 0% | -17% |
Relative importance of spend on pay
The fcilowing table shows the year-on-year change in underlying profit before tax, dividends and aggregate staff costs (see Note 4: Operating costs and other income to the consolidated financial statements].
| 2014/15 fm |
2015/16 Em |
Change 74 |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| Underlying profit before tax | 490 | 645 | 32% |
| Dividend declared | 76 | 113 | 48% |
| Aggregate staff costs | 486 | ਦੇਖੋ | 22% |
Remuneration for the year commencing 1 May 2016
| Sat Dhaiwal | £275,000 |
|---|---|
| Geoff Drabble | £766.000 |
| Brendan Horgan | \$664.000 |
| Suzanne Wood | \$624.000 |
Benefits
Basic salary
Salary with effect from 1 May 2016:
Benefits will continue to be applied as per the Policy and application in previous years.
Retirement benefits
Retirement benefits will continue to be applied as per the Policy and application in previous years.
Deferred Bonus Plan
Geoff Draibble, Suzanne Wood, Brendan Horgan and Sat Dhaiwal participate in the DBP. The maximum annual bonus opportunities as a percentage of salary are 200% for Geoff Drabble and 150% for Suzanne Wood, Brendan Horgan and Sat Dhaiwal. The performance measures are set out on page 70. These performance measures should be viewed in coniunction with the wider performance targets set for the 2016/17 PSP awards as detailed on page 71.
Performance Share Plan
A 2016 PSP award will be made as follows:
| Value of 2016 award €.000 |
|
|---|---|
| Sat Dhaiwal | 413 |
| Geoff Drabble | 1,532 |
| Brendan Horgan | 906 |
| Suzanne Wood | 639 |
These awards are based on the directors' salaries as at 1 May 2016 and, where appropriate, the sterling/dollar exchange rate at 30 April 2016.
Non-executive fees
Fees for non-executive directors with effect from 1 May 2016 are:
| Chris Cole | £200.000 |
|---|---|
| Michael Burrow | £60.000 |
| Wayne Edmunds | £60.000 |
| Bruce Edwards | £50,000 |
| Lucinda Riches | £53.000* |
| lan Sutcliffe | £60.000 |
With effect from date of appointment. This will increase to £60,000 when Lucinda becomes chair of the Remuneration Committee on 8 September 2016.
Consideration by the directors of matters relating to directors' remuneration
The Company has established a Remuneration Committee ('the Committee') in accordance with the recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code. The Committee is comprised of independent non-executive directors. The members of the Committee are as follows:
| Michael Burrow | Chairman |
|---|---|
| Wayne Edmunds | |
| Bruce Edwards | |
| Lucinda Riches | |
| lan Sutcliffe |
None of the Committee members has any personal financial interests, other than as shareholders, in the matters to be decided. None of the members of the Committee is or has been at any time one of the Company's executive directors or an employee. None of the executive directors serves, or has served, as a member of the board of directors of any other company which has one or more of its executive directors serving on the Company's Board or Remuneration Committee.
The Group's chief executive, Geoff Drabble, normally attends the meetings of the Committee to advise on operational aspects of the implementation of existing policies and policy proposals, except where his own remuneration is concerned, as does the non-executive chairman, Chris Cole. Eric Watkins acts as secretary to the Committee. Under Michael Burrow's direction, the company secretary and Geoff Drabble have responsibility for ensuring the Committee has the information relevant to its deliberations,
In formulating its policies, the Committee has access to professional advice from outside the Company, as required, and to publicly available reports and statistics. The Committee appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP { PwC'] to provide independent advice on various matters it considered. PwC was appointed in 2011 following an interview process by the Committee. PwC is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and adheres to its code in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. The fees paid to PwC for its professional advice on remuneration during the year were £121,000. PwC also provided specific tax services to the Company during the year. The Committee is satisfied that neither the nature nor scope of these non-remuneration services by PwC impaired its independence as advisers to the Committee.
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
Main responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee The principal duties of the Committee are:
- determining and agreeing with the Board the framework and policy for the remuneration of the executive directors and senior employees;
- · ensuring that executive management is provided with appropriate incentives to encourage enhanced performance in a fair and responsible manner;
- · reviewing and determining the total remuneration packages for each executive director including bonuses and incentive plans;
- · determining the policy for the scope of pension arrangements, service agreements, termination payments and compensation commitments for each of the executive directors; and
- · ensuring compliance with all statutory and regulatory provisions.
Summary of the Committee's work during the year
The principal matters addressed during the year were:
- · assessment of the achievement of the executive directors against their annual bonus and Deferred Bonus Plan objectives;
- · setting Deferred Bonus Plan performance targets for the year; · assessment of performance for the vesting of the 2012 PSP
- awards: · grant of 2015 PSP awards and setting the performance tarqets
- attaching thereto;
- · review of executive base salaries; and
- · approval of the Directors' remuneration report for the year ended 30 April 2015.
Shareholder voting
Two ordinary resolutions concerning the Directors' remuneration Report will be put to shareholders at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. The first will be in respect of the implementation of the policy for 2015/16. The second resolution seeks shareholders' approval of the Company's new remuneration policy which will apply for the next three years.
Ashtead is committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and considers carefully voting outcomes. Recognising the views expressed by some of its shareholders in the voting patterns on the remuneration reports in both 2013/14 and 2014/15, the Committee determined that the most appropriate and complete response was to review the policy and its implementation. As part of this process, Michael Burrow met or corresponded with major shareholders accounting for just over 50% of the issued share capital. The feedback on the proposed policy changes has been taken into account in the new policy and how it will be implemented for the next three years.
The following table sets out the voting results in respect of our previous report in 2015:
| -01 | Against | |
|---|---|---|
| 2014/15 Directors' annual report | ||
| on remuneration | 73.15% | 26.85% |
24,711,797 votes were withheld (c.6.89% of share capital) out of total votes cast of 358,618,638 in relation to the Directors' remuneration report.
This report has been approved by the Remuneration Committee and is signed on its behalf by
MICHAEL BURROW Chairman, Remuneration Committee 13 June 2016
OTHER STATUTORY DISCLOSURES
Pages 50 to 85 inclusive (together with the sections of the Annual Report incorporated by reference) form part of the Directors' report.
Other information, which forms part of the Directors' report, can be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:
| Location | |
|---|---|
| Acquisitions | Financial statements - Note 26 |
| Audit Committee report | Page 59 |
| Board and committee membership | Page 52 |
| Corporate governance report | Page 54 |
| Directors' biographies | Page 52 |
| Directors responsibility statement | Page 85 |
| Financial risk management | Financial statements - Note 24 |
| Future developments | Page 22 |
| Greenhouse gas emissions | Page 48 |
| Nomination Committee report | Page 62 |
| Other statutory disclosures | Page 83 |
| Our people | Page 43 |
| Pension schemes | Financial statements - Note 23 |
| Post balance sheet events | Financial statements - Note 29 |
| Results and dividends | Page 33 |
| Share capital | Financial statements - Note 20 |
| Social responsibility | Page 40 |
SHARE CAPITAL AND MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
Details of the Company's share capital are given in Note 20 to the financial statements.
Acquisition of own shares
At the 2015 annual general meeting, the Company was authorised to make market purchases of up to 75.5m ordinary shares. The Company has not acquired any shares under this authority during the year. This authority will expire on the earlier of the next annual general meeting of the Company or 2 March 2017.
A special resolution will be proposed at this year's annual general meeting to authorise the Company to make market purchases of up to 75.5m ordinary shares.
Voting rights
Subject to the Articles of Association, every member who is present in person at a general meeting shall have one vote and on a poll every member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder. The Trustees of the Employee Share Ownership Trust ordinarily follow the guidelines issued by the Association of British Insurers and do not exercise their right to vote at general meetings.
Under the Companies Act 2006, members are entitled to appoint a proxy, who need not be a member of the Company, to exercise all or any of their rights to attend and speak and vote on their behalf at a general meeting or any class of meeting. A member may appoint more than one proxy provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that member. A corporate member may appoint one or more individuals to act on its behalf at a general meeting or any class of meeting as a corporate representative. The deadline for the exercise of voting rights is as stated in the notice of the relevant meeting.
Transfer of shares
Certified shares
[i] Transfers may be in favour of more than four joint holders, but the directors can refuse to register such a transfer.
(ii) The share transfer form must be delivered to the registered office, or any other place decided on by the directors. The transfer form must be accompanied by the share certificate relating to the shares being transferred, unless the transfer is being made by a person to whom the Company was not required to, and did not send, a certificate. The directors can also ask [acting reasonably] for any other evidence to show that the person wishing to transfer the shares is entitled to do so.
CREST shares
(i) Registration of CREST shares can be refused in the circumstances set out in the Uncertified Securities Regulations.
(ii) Transfers cannot be in favour of more than four joint holders.
Significant shareholders
Based on notifications received, the holdings of 3% or more of the issued share capital of the Company as at 10 June 2016 (the latest practicable date before approval of the financial statements) are as follows:
| ಕ್ಕಳ | |
|---|---|
| Standard Life | 6 |
| Abrams Bison Investments LLC | 5 |
| Harris Associates LP | 5 |
| BlackRock, Inc. | 5 |
Details of directors' interests in the Company's ordinary share capital and in options over that share capital are given in the Directors' remuneration report on pages 78 and 79. Details of all shares subject to option are given in the notes to the financial statements on page 111.
CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS IN LOAN AGREEMENTS
A change in control of the Company (defined, inter alia, as a person or a group of persons acting in concert gaining control of more than 30% of the Company's voting rights) leads to an immediate event of default under the Company's asset-based senior lending facility. In such circumstances, the agent for the lending group may, and if so directed by more than 50% of the lenders shall, declare the amounts outstanding under the facility immediately due and payable.
Such a change of control also leads to an obligation, within 30 days of the change in control, for the Group to make an offer to the holders of the Group's \$900m senior secured notes, due 2022 and \$500m senior secured notes, due 2024, to redeem them at 101% of their face value.
APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
Unless determined otherwise by ordinary resolution, the Company is required to have a minimum of two directors and a maximum of 15 directors (disregarding alternate directors).
The directors are not required to hold any shares in the Company by the Articles of Association.
OTHER STATUTORY DISCLOSURES CONTINUED
The Board can appoint any person to be a director. Any person appointed as a director by the Board must retire from office at the first annual general meeting after appointment. A director who retires in this way is then eligible for reappointment.
The Articles state that each director must retire from office if he held office at the time of the two preceding annual general meetings and did not retire at either of them. In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all directors are subject to annual election by the shareholders.
in addition to any power to remove directors conferred by legislation, the Company can pass a special resolution to remove a director from office even though his time in office has not ended and can appoint a person to replace a director who has been removed in this way by passing an ordinary resolution.
Any director stops being a director if (i) he gives the Company written notice of his resignation; (ii) he gives the Company written notice in which he offers to resign and the directors decide to accept this offer; {iii) all the other directors {who must comprise at least three people) pass a resolution or sign a written notice requiring the director to resign; (iv) a registered medical practitioner who is treating that person qives a written opinion to the Company stating that that person has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as a director and may remain so for more than three months; (v) by reason of that person's mental health, a court makes an order which wholly or partly prevents that person from personally exercising any powers or rights which that person would otherwise have; (vi) he has missed directors' meetings (whether or not an alternate director appointed by him attends those meetings] for a continuous period of six months without permission from the directors and the directors pass a resolution removing the director from office; (vii) a bankruptcy order is made against him or he makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally: (viii) he is prohibited from being a director under the legislation: or lix) he ceases to be a director under the legislation or he is removed from office under the Articles of Association.
POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS
Subiect to the legislation, the Articles of Association and any authority given to the Company in general meeting by special resolution, the business of the Company is managed by the Board of directors that can use all of the Company's powers to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any of the Company's undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and to issue debentures and other security and to give security, either outright or as collateral security, for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.
DIRECTORS AND DIRECTORS' INSURANCE
Details of the directors of the Company are given on pages 52 and 53. The policies related to their appointment and replacement are detailed on pages 56 and 57. Each of the directors as at the date of approval of this report confirms, as required by section 418 of the Companies Act 2006 that to the best of their knowledge and belief:
{1} there is no relevant audit information of which the Company's auditor is unaware; and
(2) each director has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken to make himself aware of such information and to establish that the Company's auditor is aware of it.
The Company has maintained insurance throughout the year to cover all directors against liabilities in relation to the Company and its subsidiary undertakings.
AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The Articles of Association of the Company may be amended by a special resolution.
POLICY ON PAYMENT OF SUPPLIERS
Suppliers are paid in accordance with the individual payment terms agreed with each of them. The number of Group creditor days at 30 April 2016 was 59 days (30 April 2015: 72 days) which reflects the terms agreed with individual suppliers. There were no trade creditors in the Company's balance sheet at any time during the past two years.
POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE DONATIONS
Charitable donations in the year amounted to £225,193 in total (2015: £147,508). No political donations were made in either year.
POST RAL ANCE SHEET EVENTS
Details of post balance sheet events are included in Note 29 to the financial statements.
GOING CONCERN
After making appropriate enquiries, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable future and consequently, that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.
AUDITOR
Deloitte LLP has indicated its willingness to continue in office and in accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution concerning its reappointment and authorising the directors to fix its remuneration, will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The Annual General Meeting ['AGM'] will be held at 2.30pm on Wednesday, 7 September 2016 at Wax Chandlers Hall, 6 Gresham Street. London EC2V 7AD. An explanation of the business to be transacted at the AGM will be circulated to shareholders and will be available on the Company's corporate website.
By order of the Board
ERIC WATKINS Company secretary 13 June 2016
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for the Group in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as adopted by the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have also elected to prepare financial statements for the Company in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union.
Under company law the directors must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period. In preparing these financial statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires that directors:
- · properly select and apply accounting policies;
- present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information:
- provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRS is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity's financial position and financial performance: and
- · make an assessment of the Company's ability to continue as a qoing concern.
The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safequarding the assets and hence, for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company's website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
We confirm to the best of our knowledge:
- · the consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group;
- · the Strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces: and
- · the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group's performance, business model and strategy.
By order of the Board
ERIC WATKINS Company secretary 13 June 2016
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- 88 Independent auditor's report to the members of Ashtead Group plc
- 91 Consolidated income statement 91 Consolidated statement of
- comprehensive income 92 Consolidated balance sheet
- 93 Consolidated statement of changes
- in equity
- 94 Consolidated cash flow statement
- 95 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
FROM: CREATING A SPOT
FOR A PRIVATE OCCASION

TO: PREPARING THE SITE FOR A GLOBAL SENSATION
Whether you have 40 quests or 135,000 we have the scale to ensure your event is a great success.
For a 50th birthday garden party, we provide flooring to protect indoor and outdoor surfaces, portable heaters and lighting. For the annual Glastonbury music festival we supply the perimeter fence, temporary roadways across the 900 acre site, and over 80 accommodation units for use as offices, ticket booths, security cabins, stores, changing rooms and medical centres.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF ASHTEAD GROUP PLC
OPINION ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ASHTEAD GROUP PLC In our opinion:
- the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group's and of the Company's affairs as at 30 April 2016 and of the Group's profit for the year then ended;
- the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ('IFRS') as adopted by the European Union;
- · the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and
- · the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.
The financial statements comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets, the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements and the related Notes 1 to 32. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and IFRS as adopted by the European Union and, as regards the Company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.
SEPARATE OPINION IN RELATION TO IFRS AS ISSUED BY THE IASB
As explained in Note 2 to the Group financial statements, in addition to complying with its legal obligation to apply IFRS as adopted by the European Union, the Group has also applied IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (TASB').
In our opinion the Group financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB.
GOING CONCERN AND THE DIRECTORS' ASSESSMENT OF THE PRINCIPAL RISKS THAT WOULD THREATEN THE SOLVENCY OR LIQUIDITY OF THE GROUP
As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the directors' statement regarding the appropriateness of the going concern basis of accounting contained on page 84 and the directors statement on the longer-term viability of the Group on page 32.
of these assets are misstated.
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:
- · the directors' confirmation on page 57 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity;
- the disclosures on pages 30 to 32 that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated;
- the directors statement on page 84 about whether they . considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Group's ability to continue to do so over a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements;
- · the directors' explanation on page 32 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.
We agreed with the directors' adoption of the going concern basis of accounting and we did not identify any such material uncertainties. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group's ability to continue as a going concern.
INDEPENDENCE
We are required to comply with the Financial Reporting Council's Ethical Standards for Auditors and we confirm that we are independent of the Group and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with those standards. We also confirm we have not provided any of the prohibited non-audit services referred to in those standards.
QUIR ASSESSMENT OF RISKS OF MATERIAL MISSTATEMENT
The assessed risks of material misstatement described below are that had the greatest effect on our audit strategy. the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team.
| alsk | HOW THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT RESPONDED TO THE RISK |
|---|---|
| Carrying value of rental fleet | We tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of the key controls |
| As set out in Note 13, the Group holds | over the impairment review. |
| E4.5bn 12015: £3.6bn] of rental fleet | We considered management's analysis of impairment indicators, understood and |
| at cost [£3,2bn net book value | challenged the key judgements and sensitivities and the impact that each of these have |
| l2015: E2.5bn net book valuel). | ın determining whether an impairment exists. |
| There is a risk that an impairment | In particular, we focused our analysis on returns on investment by asset class, fleet |
| required to the Group's rental fleet is | utilisation, profits and losses on asset disposals, depreciation rates and residual |
| not identified, properly quantified or | values. We tested the key metrics noted, including asset utilisation statistics and profit |
| recorded and that the carrying value |
on disposal. We also assessed whether the accounting for the rental fleet and associated disclosures were in line with the Group's accounting policies.
| RISK | HOW THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT RESPONDED TO THE RISK |
|---|---|
| Carrying value of goodwill | We tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of the key controls |
| As set out in Note 14, the Group carries | over the goodwill impairment review. |
| qoodwill of £557m [2015: £516m] on its | We assessed the Group's current and forecast performance and considered whether |
| balance sheet. | any other factors exist that would suggest that goodwill is impaired. We have |
| Management performs an annual impairment review of goodwill. There is a risk that the judgements used in this, such as forecast cash flows, discount rates and growth rates are inappropriate and goodwill is overstated. |
performed the following procedures. · challenged management's identification of eight CGUs against our understanding of the business and the definition as set out in the accounting standards; · assessed the appropriateness of the calculation of the value in use of each CGU and the associated headroom, performing recalculations to test the mechanical accuracy of those amounts; · ) compared forecast inputs and growth assumptions against historical trends to assess the reliability of management's forecast, in addition to comparing forecast assumptions to external market analysis; · with the assistance of internal specialists, recalculated the discount rate applied to the future cash flows and benchmarked this against other companies in the industry; · performed sensitivity analysis; and · considered management's financial statement disclosures. |
| Revenue recognition | We evaluated the design and implementation, and tested the operating effectiveness |
| There is a risk that earned not billed | of controls over the revenue cycle. |
| and billed not earned revenue is | We have focused our substantive testing on the earned not billed and billed not |
| incorrectly calculated or recorded | earned valuation of revenue. In doing so we have reviewed management's methodology, |
| in the wrong period due to the | traced the information in the reports back to invoices, remittance and credit notes |
| management estimate involved | as a substantive sample, performed analytical procedures over movements in the |
| in the calculation. | period and assessed the historical accuracy of management's estimations using |
| We also consider there to be a risk that rebates payable to customers are omitted or recorded at an incorrect amount. |
a look-back' approach. We have also tested the calculations for rebates recorded for a sample of customers to assess whether they were calculated in line with the rebate contract, and circularised other customers to understand if further rebates should be recorded. Additionally, we tested a sample of rebate payments recorded during the year to assess whether payments were made in line with the rebate agreement. |
Our prior vear audit report also included a further risk relating to acquisition accounting which is not included in our report in the current year. Due to the size of the acquisitions in the current year being significantly less than the prior year, this risk has been reassessed and it is not considered to be one of those which has had the greatest effect on our audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and direction of the efforts of the engagement team.
The description of risks above should be read in conjunction with the significant issues considered by the Audit Committee discussed on page 60.
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereor, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.
We determined materiality for the Group to be £24.0m |2015: £17.0m}, which is 3.9% (2015: 3.6%) of profit before tax.
In determining our materiality we have used a three-year average profit before tax to reflect the cyclical nature of the industry in which the Group operates. We have then applied a benchmark of 5% to the three-year average profit before tax to arrive at materiality. ! his approach is consistent with the prior year.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £1.0m (2015: £0.7m), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.
AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including group-wide controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. Audit work to respond to the risks of material misstatement consisted of a combination of the work performed by component teams in the US and UK, and the Group audit team in London.
The Group comprises three (2015: three) principal locations: the Head Office in London: A-Plant in Warrington, UK; and Sunbelt in Charlotte, US. The Group audit team performed a full-scope audit of the Head Office component and local component audit teams performed full-scope audits at both A-Plant and Sunbelt; this was the same approach as the prior year. These three locations represent 99% (2015: 100%) of the Group's revenue, 100% (2015: 100%) of the Group's profit before tax and 96% (2015: 100%) of the Group's net assets. They were also selected to provide an appropriate basis for undertaking audit work to address the risks of material misstatement identified above. Our audit work at the three locations was executed at levels of materiality applicable to each individual location which were lower than Group materiality and ranged from £3.4m to £21.6m (2015: £3.1m to £15.4m).
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF ASHTEAD GROUP PLC CONTINUED
Members of the Group audit team (including the lead audit partner) have made site visits to component audit teams during the financial year and after the year end to ensure sufficient involvement and oversight of work performed. At the Group level we also tested the consolidation process.
OPINION ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
in our opinion:
- · the part of the Directors' remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and
- the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors' report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.
MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY EXCEPTION
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
- · we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; on
- · adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
- the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.
Directors' remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors' remuneration have not been made or the part of the Directors' remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. We have nothing to report arising from these matters.
Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company's compliance with certain provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code. We have nothing to report arising from our review.
Our duty to read other information in the annual report
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, information in the annual report is:
- materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or
- apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of performing our audit; on
- · otherwise misleading.
In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired during the audit and the directors' statement that they consider the annual report is fair, balanced and understandable and whether the annual report appropriately discloses those matters that we communicated to the Audit Committee which we consider should have been disclosed. We confirm that we have not identified any such inconsistencies or misleading statements.
RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITOR
As explained more fully in the Statement of directors' responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). We also comply with International Standard on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). Our audit methodology and tools aim to ensure that our quality control procedures are effective, understood and applied. Our quality controls and systems include our dedicated professional standards review team and independent partner reviews.
This report is made solely to the Company's members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company's members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company's members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of:
- · whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group's and the Company's circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed:
- · the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and
- · the overall presentation of the financial statements.
In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the annual report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with. the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsidencies we consider the implications for our report.
Edod Hoss EDWARD HANSON (SENIOR STATUTORY AUDITOR)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor London. UK 13 June 2016
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2016
| 2016 | 2015 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Notes | Before exceptional items and amort lsation Em |
Exceptional items and amortisation Em |
Total Em |
Before amortisation Em |
Amortisation Em |
Total Em |
| Revenue | ||||||
| Rental revenue | 2,260.3 | I | 2,260.3 | 1,837.6 | 1,837.6 | |
| Sale of new equipment, merchandise | ||||||
| and consumables | 94.2 | - | 94.2 | 88.2 | T | 88.2 |
| Sale of used rental equipment | 191.2 | 191.2 | 113.1 | 113.1 | ||
| 2,545.7 | - | 2,545.7 | 2,038.9 | - | 2,038.9 | |
| Operating costs | ||||||
| 4 Staff costs |
(593.6) | l | (593.6) | (486.3) | (486.3) | |
| 4 Used rental equipment sold |
(143.8) | 1 | (143.8) | (86.3) | (86.3) | |
| 4 Other operating costs |
(630.7) | 5.8 | (624.9) | (557.9) | (557.9) | |
| (1,368.1) | 5.8 | (1,362.3) | (1.130.5) | (1,130.5) | ||
| EBITDA* | 1,177.6 | 5.8 | 1,183.4 | 908.4 | 1 | 908.4 |
| 4 Depreciation |
(449.4) | (449.4) | (351.5 | T | (351.5) | |
| 4,5 Amortisation of intangibles |
122.41 | (22.4) | (15.8) | (15.8) | ||
| 4,5 Impairment of intangibles |
(12.0) | (12.0) | T | |||
| 3,4 Operating profit |
728.2 | (28.6) | 699-6 | 556.9 | (15.8) | 541.1 |
| 6 Investment income |
0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.2 | ||
| ර Interest expense |
(83.0) | (83.0) | (67.5) | (67.5) | ||
| Profit on ordinary activities before taxation | 645.3 | (28.6) | 616.7 | 489.6 | (15.8) | 473.8 |
| 7, 19 Taxation |
(218.7) | 9.6 | (209.1) | (175.5) | 5.1 | (170.4) |
| Profit attributable to equity holders | ||||||
| of the Company | 426.6 | (19.0) | 407.6 | 314.1 | (10.7) | 303.4 |
| 9 Basic earnings per share |
85.1p | (3.8p) | 81.3p | 62.6p | (2.1pl | 60.5p |
| 9 Diluted earnings per share |
84.7p | (3.7p) | 81.0p | 62.2p | (2.1p) | 60.1p |
* EBITCA is presented here as an additional performance measure as it is commonly used by investors and lenders.
All revenue and profit for the year is generated from continuing operations.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2016
| Note | 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company for the financial year | 407.6 | 303.4 | |
| Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: | |||
| Remeasurement of the defined benefit pension plan | 23 | (0.6) | (3.1) |
| Tax on defined benefit pension plan | 0.1 | C.6 | |
| (0.5) | (2.5) | ||
| ltems that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: | |||
| Foreign currency translation differences | 49.7 | 58.9 | |
| Total comprehensive income for the year | 456.8 | 359.8 |
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AT 30 APRIL 2016
| Notes | 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| Current assets | |||
| Inventories | 10 | 4.3 | 23.9 |
| Trade and other receivables | 11 | 455.7 | 377.5 |
| Current tax asset | 7.5 | 26.2 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 12 | 13.0 | 10.5 |
| 517.5 | 438.1 | ||
| Non-current assets | |||
| Property, plant and equipment | |||
| - rental equipment | 13 | 3,246.9 | 2,534.2 |
| - other assets | 13 | 341.9 | 276.9 |
| 3,588.8 | 2,811.1 | ||
| Goodwill | 14 | 556.7 | 516.2 |
| Other intangible assets | 14 | 83.8 | 92.7 |
| Net defined benefit pension plan asset | 23 | 2.2 | 3.1 |
| 4,231.5 | 3,423.1 | ||
| Totaí assets | 4,749.0 | 3,861.2 | |
| Current liabilities | |||
| Trade and other payables | 15 | 480.5 | 491.7 |
| Current tax liability | ી રે | 3.6 2.5 |
6.2 |
| Debt due within one year | 18 | 28.9 | 2.0 |
| Provisions | 18.4 | ||
| 515.5 | 518.3 | ||
| Non-current liabilities | |||
| Debt due after more than one year | ાં ર | 2,012.2 | 1,695.6 |
| Provisions | 18 | 17.6 | 31.3 |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 19 | 723.3 | 504.5 |
| 2,753.1 | 2,231.4 | ||
| Total liabilities | 3,268.6 | 2,749.7 | |
| Equity | |||
| Share capital | 20 | 55.3 | 55.3 |
| Share premium account | 3.6 | 3.6 | |
| Capital redemption reserve | 0.9 | 0.9 | |
| Non-distributable reserve | 20 | 90.7 | |
| Own shares held by the Company | 20 | (33.1) | (33.1) |
| Own shares held through the ESOT | 20 | (16.2) | (15.5) |
| Cumulative foreign exchange translation differences | 88.4 | 38 7 | |
| Retained reserves | 1,381.5 | 970.9 | |
| Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company | 1,480.4 | 1,111.5 | |
| Total liabilities and equity | 4,749.0 | 3,861.2 |
These financial statements were approved by the Board on 13 June 2016.
C. Dre
GEOFF DRABBLE Chief executive
fili
SUZANNE WOOD Finance director
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2016
| Share capital |
Share premium account |
Capital reserve |
Non- redemption distributable reserve |
תאט shares heid by the Company |
חאים shares held through the ESUT |
Cumulative foreign exchange translation differences |
Retained reserves |
Total | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Em | Em 3.6 |
Em | Em | Em | Em | Em | Em | Em | |
| At 1 May 2014 | 55.3 | 0.9 | 90.7 | (33.1) | (11.8) | (20.2) | 739.0 | 824.4 | |
| Profit for the year | 11 | = | 11 | 1 | 1 | 303.4 | 303.4 | ||
| Other comprehensive income: | |||||||||
| Foreign currency translation differences | - | 58.9 | 58.9 | ||||||
| Remeasurement of the defined benefit | |||||||||
| pension plan | (3.1) | (3.1) | |||||||
| Tax on defined benefit pension plan | 0.6 | C.6 | |||||||
| Total comprehensive income for the year | 58.9 | 300.9 | 359.8 | ||||||
| Dividends paid | TI | 11 | (61.4) | (61.4) | |||||
| Own shares purchased by the ESOT | (20.3) | (20.3) | |||||||
| Share-based payments | 16.6 | (12.6) | 4.0 | ||||||
| Tax on share-based payments | T | ਵਾ | 1 | - | 5.0 | 5.0 | |||
| At 30 April 2015 | 55.3 | 3.6 | 0.9 | 90.7 | (33.1) | (15.5) | 38.7 | 970.9 | 1,111.5 |
| Profit for the year | T | 11 | 407.6 | 407.6 | |||||
| Other comprehensive income: | |||||||||
| Foreign currency translation differences | 49.7 | 49.7 | |||||||
| Remeasurement of the defined benefit | |||||||||
| pension plan | (0.6) | 0.6) | |||||||
| Tax on defined benefit pension plan | - | 1 | 1 | 0.1 | 01 | ||||
| Total comprehensive income for the year | - | - | - | 49.7 | 407.1 | 456.8 | |||
| Dividends paid | = | 1 | (81.5) | (81.5) | |||||
| Own shares purchased by the ESOT | - | 112.0 | 12.0 | ||||||
| Share-based payments | 11 | 11.3 | 18 | (6.6) | 4.7 | ||||
| Tax on share-based payments | 0.9 | G.9 | |||||||
| Transfer of non-distributable reserve | (90.7) | 90.7 | |||||||
| At 30 April 2016 | 553 | 3.6 | 0.9 | (33.1) | (16.2) | 88.4 | 1,381.5 | 1,480.4 |
Further information is included in Note 20.
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2016
| Notes | 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| Cash flows from operating activities | |||
| Cash generated from operations before exceptional items and changes in rental equipment | 25(a) | 1,070.6 | 841.4 |
| Exceptional operating costs paid | (0.5) | ||
| Payments for rental property, plant and equipment | (1,124.7) | (858.1) | |
| Proceeds from disposal of rental property, plant and equipment | 172.1 | 95.4 | |
| Cash generated from operations | 118.0 | 78.2 | |
| Financing costs paid (net) | (79.4) | (63.4) | |
| Tax paid (net) | (5.3) | (32.0) | |
| Net cash generated from/{used in} operating activities | 33.3 | [17.2] | |
| Cash flows from investing activities | |||
| Acquisition of businesses | 25(c) | (68.4) | (241.5) |
| Payments for non-rental property, plant and equipment | (109.5) | (78.7) | |
| Proceeds from disposal of non-rental property, plant and equipment | 8.2 | 7.5 | |
| Net cash used in investing activities | (169.7) | (312.7) | |
| Cash flows from financing activities | |||
| Drawdown of loans | 570.2 | 842.5 | |
| Redemption of loans | (336.5) | (420.4) | |
| Capital element of finance lease payments | (1.5) | (2.9) | |
| Dividends paid | (81.5) | (61.4) | |
| Purchase of own shares by the ESOT | (12.0) | (20.3) | |
| Net cash from financing activities | 138.7 | 337.5 | |
| Increase in cash and cash equivalents | 2.3 | 7.6 | |
| Opening cash and cash equivalents | 10.5 | 28 | |
| Effect of exchange rate difference | 0.2 | 0.1 | |
| Closing cash and cash equivalents | 13.0 | 10.5 |
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Reconciliation of net cash flows to net debt | ||
| Increase in cash in the period | 12.31 | (7.6) |
| Increase in debt through cash flow | 232.2 | 419.2 |
| Change in net debt from cash flows | 229.9 | 411.6 |
| Debt acquired | 0.3 | - |
| Exchange differences | 81.7 | 121.8 |
| Non-cash movements: | ||
| - deferred costs of debt raising | 1.8 | 1.5 |
| - capital element of new finance leases | 0.9 | 3.6 |
| Increase in net debt in the period | 314.6 | 238.5 |
| Net debt at 1 May | 1,687.1 | 1.148.6 |
| Net debt at 30 April | 2,001.7 | 1,687.1 |
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
Ashtead Group plc ('the Company') is a company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales and listed on the London Stock Exchange. The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, the functional currency of the parent. Foreign operations are included in accordance with the policies set out in Note 2.
2 ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been applied consistently to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
Basis of preparation
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards { IFRS') and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. Accordingly, the Group complies with all IFRS, including those adopted for use in the European Union and therefore the Group financial statements comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, modified for certain items carried at fair value, as stated in the accounting policies. A summary of the more important accounting policies is set out below.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make iudgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results could differ from these estimates. A more detailed discussion of the principal accounting policies and management estimates and assumptions is included in the Financial review on pages 38 and 39 and forms part of these financial statements.
Changes in accounting policies and disclosures New and amended standards adopted by the Group
There are no new IFRS or IFRIC Interpretations that are effective for the first time this financial year which have a material impact on the Group.
New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not effective for the financial year beginning 1 May 2015 and not early adopted
IFRS 15. Revenue from Contracts with Customers, replaces IAS 18, Revenue, and IAS 11, Construction Contracts, and related interpretations. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 and earlier application is permitted. While the Group has not finalised its assessment of this standard, it does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group in future periods.
IFRS 16, Leases, provides a new model for lease accounting under which lessees will recognise a lease liability reflecting future lease payments and a right-of-use asset on the balance sheet for all lease contracts other than certain short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. In the income statement, an interest expense will be recognised on the lease liability and depreciation on the
right-of-use asset. The standard replaces IAS 17, Leases, and related interpretations. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 and earlier application is permitted in conjunction with IFRS 15. While the Group has not finalised its assessment of IFRS 16, the standard is expected to result in a significant increase in the Group's assets and liabilities and will result in increased depreciation and interest expense and lower operating costs.
The European Union has not yet adopted IFRS 15 or IFRS 16.
There are no other IFRS or IFRIC Interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group.
Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and all its subsidiaries for the year to 30 April each year. The results of businesses acquired or sold during the year are fully consolidated from or to the date on which control is passed to the Group. Control is achieved when the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain the benefits from its activities,
Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is the fair value at the acquisition date of the assets transferred and the liabilities incurred by the Group and includes the fair value of any contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in the income statement as incurred.
Contingent consideration is measured at the acquisition date at fair value and included in provisions in the balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration due to events post the date of acquisition are recognised in the income statement.
Foreign currency translation
Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into pounds sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Income statements and cash flows of overseas subsidiary undertakings are transtated into pounds sterling at average rates of exchange for the year. The exchange rates used in respect of the US dollar are:
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| Average for year | 1.50 | 1.60 |
| Year end | 1.47 | 1.54 |
Exchange differences arising from the retranslation of the opening net investment of overseas subsidiar:es and the difference between the inclusion of their profits at average rates of exchange in the Group income statement and the closing rate used for the balance sheet are recognised directly in a separate component of equity. Other exchange differences are dealt with in the income statement.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED Revenue
Revenue represents the total amount receivable for the provision of goods and services including the sale of used rental plant and equipment to customers net of returns and VAT/sales tax. Rental revenue, including loss damage waiver and environmental fees, is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the rental contract. Because a rental contract can extend across financial reporting period ends, the Group records accrued revenue (unbilled rental revenue) and deferred revenue at the beginning and end of each reporting period so that rental revenue is appropriately stated in the financial statements.
Revenue from rental equipment delivery and collection is recognised when delivery or collection has occurred and is reported as rental revenue.
Revenue from the sale of rental equipment, new equipment, parts and supplies, retail merchandise and fuel is recognised at the time of delivery to, or collection by, the customer and when all obligations under the sale contract have been fulfilled.
Revenue from the sale of rental equipment in connection with trade-in arrangements with certain manufacturers from whom the Group purchases new equipment is accounted for at the lower of transaction value or fair value based on independent appraisals. If the trade-in price of a unit of equipment exceeds the fair market value of that unit, the excess is accounted for as a reduction of the cost of the related purchase of new rental equipment.
Investment income and interest expense
Investment income comprises interest receivable on funds invested and the net interest on the net defined benefit asset.
Interest expense comprises interest payable on borrowings, amortisation of deferred debt raising costs, and the unwind of the discount on the self-insurance and contingent consideration provisions.
Exceptional items
Exceptional items are those items that are material and nonrecurring in nature that the Group believes should be disclosed separately to assist in the understanding of the financial performance of the Group.
Earnings per share
Earnings per share is calculated based on the profit for the financial year and the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. For this purpose the number of ordinary shares in issue excludes shares held by the Company or by the Employee Share Ownership Trust in respect of which dividends have been waived. Diluted earnings per share is calculated using the profit for the financial year and the weighted average diluted number of shares [ignoring any potential issue of ordinary shares which would be anti-dilutive) during the year.
Underlying earnings per share comprises basic earnings per share adjusted to exclude earnings relating to exceptional items and amortisation of intangibles.
Current/non-current distinction
Current assets include assets held primarily for trading purposes, cash and cash equivalents and assets expected to be realised in, or intended for sale or consumption in, the course of the Group's operating cycle and those assets receivable within one year from the reporting date. All other assets are classified as non-current assets.
Current liabilities include liabilities held primarily for trading purposes, liabilities expected to be settled in the course of the Group's operating cycle and those liabilities due within one year from the reporting date. All other liabilities are classified as non-current liabilities.
Property, plant and equipment Owned assets
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost (including transportation costs from the manufacturer to the initial rental location) less accumulated depreciation and any provisions for impairment. In respect of aerial work platforms, cost includes rebuild costs when the rebuild extends the asset's useful economic life and it is probable that incremental economic benefits will accrue to the Group. Rebuild costs include the cost of transporting the equipment to and from the rebuild supplier. Depreciation is not charged while the asset is not in use during the rebuild period.
Leased assets
Finance leases are those leases which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the iessee. Assets held under finance leases are capitalised within property, plant and equipment at the fair value of the leased assets at inception of the lease and depreciated in accordance with the Group's depreciation policy. Outstanding finance lease obligations are included within debt. The finance element of the agreements is charged to the income statement on a systematic basis over the term of the lease.
All other leases are operating leases, the rentals on which are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Depreciation
Leasehold properties are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the life of each lease. Other fixed assets, including those held under finance leases, are depreciated on a straight-line basis applied to the opening cost to write down each asset to its residual value over its useful economic life. Residual values and estimated useful economic lives are reassessed annually, recognising the cyclical nature of the business. The rates in use are as follows:
| Per annum | |
|---|---|
| Freehold property | 2% |
| Motor vehicles | 7% to 25% |
| Rental equipment | 5% to 33% |
| Office and workshop equipment | 20% |
Residual values are estimated at 10-15% of cost in respect of most types of rental equipment, although the range of residual values used varies between zero and 30%.
Repairs and maintenance
Costs incurred in the repair and maintenance of rental and other equipment are charged to the income statement as incurred.
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the difference between the fair value of the consideration for the acquisition and the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired, including any intangible assets other than goodwill.
Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses and is allocated to each of the Group's cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.
The profit or loss on the disposal of a previousiy acquired business includes the attributable amount of any purchased goodwill relating to that business.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are capitalised at fair value as at the date of acquisition. Internally generated intangible assets are not capitalised. Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of each asset. Contract related intangible assets are amortised over the life of the contract. Amortisation rates for other intangible assets are as follows:
| Per annum | |
|---|---|
| Brand names | 7% to 15% |
| Customer lists | 10% to 20% |
Impairment of assets
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested annually for impairment as at 30 April each year. Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement for the amount by which the asset's carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable and independent cash flows for the asset being tested for impairment (cash-generating unit).
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.
In respect of assets other than goodwill, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised. Impairment losses in respect of goodwill are not reversed.
Taxation
The tax charge for the period comprises both current and deferred tax. Taxation is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case the related tax is also recognised in equity.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method on any temporary differences between the carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes and those for taxation purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary differences arise from the initial recognition of goodwill.
Deferred tax liabilities are not recognised for temporary differences arising on investment in subsidiaries where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
Inventories
Inventories, which comprise equipment, fuel, merchandise and spare parts, are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Employee benefits
Defined contribution pension plans
Obligations under the Group's defined contribution plans are recognised as an expense in the income statement as incurred.
Defined benefit pension plans
The Group's obligation in respect of defined benefit pension plans is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value and the fair value of plan assets is deducted. The discount rate used is the yield at the balance sheet date on AA-rated corporate bonds. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit creait method.
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which they arise through the statement of comprehensive income. The increase in the present value of plan liabilities arising from employee service during the period is charged to operating profit.
Net interest is calculated by applying a discount rate to the net defined benefit pension plan asset or liability. The net interest income or net interest expense is included in investment income or interest expense, respectively.
The defined pension surplus or deficit represents the fair value of the plan assets less the present value of the defined benefit obligation. A surplus is recognised in the balance sheet to the extent that the Group has an unconditional right to the surplus, either through a refund or reduction in future contributions. A deficit is recognised in full.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED Share-based compensation
The fair value of awards made under share-based compensation plans is measured at grant date and spread over the vesting period through the income statement with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value of share options and awards is measured using an appropriate valuation model taking into account the terms and conditions of the individual award. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual awards vesting except where any change in the awards vesting relates only to marketbased criteria not being achieved.
Insurance
Insurance costs include insurance premiums which are written off to the income statement over the period to which they relate and an estimate of the discounted liability for uninsured retained risks on unpaid claims incurred up to the balance sheet date. The estimate includes events incurred but not reported at the balance sheet date. This estimate is discounted and included in provisions in the balance sheet.
Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group's balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Financial assets
Trade receivables
Trade receivables do not carry interest and are stated at face value as reduced by appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash balances and call deposits with maturity of less than, or equal to, three months.
Financial liabilities and equity
Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.
Trade payables
Trade payables are not interest bearing and are stated at face value.
Borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct transaction costs. Finance charges, including amortisation of direct transaction costs, are charged to the income statement using the effective interest rate method.
Tranches of borrowings and overdrafts which mature on a regular basis are classified as current or non-current liabilities based on the maturity of the facility so long as the committed facility exceeds the drawn debt.
Net debt
Net debt consists of total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. Borrowings exclude accrued interest. Foreign currency denominated balances are retranslated to pounds sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.
Secured notes
The Group's secured notes contain early repayment options. which constitute embedded derivatives in accordance with IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The accounting for these early repayment options depends on whether they are considered to be closely related to the host contract on not based on IAS 39. Where they are closely related, the early repayment option is not accounted for separately and the notes are recorded within borrowings, net of direct transaction costs. The interest expense is calculated by applying the effective interest rate method.
In circumstances where the early repayment option is not considered closely related to the host contract, the repayment option has to be valued separately. At the date of issue the liability component of the notes is estimated using prevailing market interest rates for similar debt with no repayment option and is recorded within borrowings, net of direct transaction costs. The difference between the proceeds of the note issue and the fair value assigned to the liability component, representing the embedded option to prepay the notes is included within Other financial assets ~ derivatives. The interest expense on the liability component is calculated by applying the effective interest rate method. The embedded option to prepay is fair valued using an appropriate valuation model and fair value remeasurement gains and losses are included in investment income and interest expense respectively.
Where the Group's senior secured notes are issued at a premium or a discount, they are initially recognised at their face value plus or minus the premium or discount. The notes are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at the directors' best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.
Employee Share Ownership Trust
Shares in the Company acquired by the Employee Share Ownership Trust ('ESOT'] in the open market for use in connection with employee share plans are presented as a deduction from shareholders' funds. When the shares vest to satisfy share-based payments, a transfer is made from own shares held through the ESOT to retained earnings.
Own shares held by the Company
The cost of own shares held by the Company is deducted from shareholders' funds. The proceeds from the reissue of own shares are added to shareholders' funds with any gains in excess of the average cost of the shares being recognised in the share premium account.
<-- PDF CHUNK SEPARATOR -->
3 SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS
Business segments
The Group operates one class of business: rental of equipment. Operationally, the Group is split into two business units, Sunbelt and A-Plant which report separately to, and are managed by, the chief executive and align with they operate, being North America and the United Kingdom, respectively. These business units are the basis on which the Group reports its segment information. The Group manages debt and taxation centrally, rather than by business unit. Accordingly, segmental results are stated before interest and taxation which are reported as central Group items. This is consistent with the way the chief executive reviews the business.
| Sunbelt | A-Plant | Corporate items |
Group | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 30 April 2016 | Citty | Em | Em | Em |
| Revenue | 2,180.9 | 364.8 | 2,545.7 | |
| Operating costs | (1,126.8) | (227.8) | 113 €1 | (1,368.1) |
| EBITDA | 1,054.1 | 137.0 | 13 € | 1,177.6 |
| Depreciation | (379.4) | (70.0) | 449.4 | |
| Segment result before exceptional items and amortisation | 674.7 | 67.0 | (13.5) | 728.2 |
| Exceptional items | (6.2) | - | 6.2 | |
| Amortisation | (17.5) | (4.9) | 1 | (22.4) |
| Segment result | 651.0 | 62.1 | (13.5) | 699-6 |
| Net financing costs | (82.9) | |||
| Profit before taxation | 616.7 | |||
| Taxation | (209-1) | |||
| Profit attributable to equity shareholders | 407-6 | |||
| Segment assets | 4,117.9 | 610.1 | 0.5 | 4,728.5 |
| Cash | 13.0 | |||
| Taxation assets | 7.5 | |||
| Total assets | 4,749.0 | |||
| Segment liabilities | 423.7 | 82.6 | 5.7 | 512.0 |
| Corporate borrowings and accrued interest | 2,029.7 | |||
| Taxation liabilities | 726.9 | |||
| Total liabilities | 3,268.6 | |||
| Other non-cash expenditure - share-based payments | 2.4 | 0.7 | 1.6 | 4.7 |
| Capital expenditure | 1,129.7 | 177.6 | - | 1,307.3 |
There are no sales between the business segment assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill, intangibles, inventory and receivables. Segment liabilities and exclude taxation balances, corporate borrowings and accrued interest. Capital expenditure represents additions to property, plant and intangible assets, including goodwill, and includes additions through the acquisition of businesses.
3 SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS CONTINUED
| Corporate | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 30 April 2015 | Sunbelt Em |
A-Plant Em |
items Em |
Group Em |
| Revenue | 1,715.9 | 323.0 | 2,038.9 | |
| Operating costs | (906.7) | (213.5) | (10.3) | (1,130.5) |
| EBITDA | 809.2 | 109.5 | (10.3) | 908.4 |
| Depreciation | (288.3) | (63.2) | (351.5) | |
| Segment result before amortisation | 520.9 | 46.3 | (10.3) | રેકે જેવી સુરત દિવસ તાલુકામાં આવેલું એક ગામના લોકોનો મુખ્ય વ્યવસાય ખેતી, ખેતમજૂરી તેમ જ પશુપાલન છે. આ ગામમાં પ્રાથમિક શાળા, પંચાયતઘર, આંગણવાડી તેમ જ દૂધની ડેરી જેવી સવલતો પ |
| Amortisation | (11.2) | (4.6) | (15.8) | |
| Segment result | 509.7 | 41.7 | (10.3) | 541.1 |
| Net financing costs | (67.3) | |||
| Profit before taxation | 473.8 | |||
| Taxation | (170.4) | |||
| Profit attributable to equity shareholders | 303.4 | |||
| 514.7 | ||||
| Segment assets | 3,309.7 | 0.1 | 3,824.5 | |
| Cash | 10.5 | |||
| Taxation assets | 26.2 | |||
| Total assets | 3,861.2 | |||
| Segment liabilities | 441.9 | 81.6 | 4.3 | 527.8 |
| Corporate borrowings and accrued interest | 1,711.2 | |||
| Taxation liabilities | 510.7 | |||
| Total liabilities | 2,749.7 | |||
| 2.2 | 0.6 | 1.2 | 4.0 | |
| Other non-cash expenditure - share-based payments | ||||
| Capital expenditure | 1.127.1 | 180.7 | 1,307.8 |
Sunbelt includes Sunbelt Rentals of Canada Inc..
Segmental analysis by geography
The Group's operations are located in North America and the United Kingdom. The following table provides an analysis of the Group's revenue, segment assets and capital expenditure on acquisitions, by country of domicile. Segment assets by geography include property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets but exclude inventory and receivables.
| Revenue | Segment assets | Capital expenditure | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
2016 Em |
2015 Em |
2016 Em |
2015 Em |
||
| North America | 2.180.9 | 1.715.9 | 2.976.8 | 1.129.7 | 1,127.1 | ||
| United Kingdom | 364.8 | 323.0 | 517.3 | 443.2 | 177.6 | 180.7 | |
| 2.545.7 | 2.038.9 | 3,420.0 | 1,307.3 | 1.307.8 |
4 OPERATING COSTS AND OTHER INCOME
| 2016 | 2015 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Before exceptional tems and amort sation 2m |
Exceptional items and amortisation Em |
lota Em |
Before amortisation Em |
Amortisation Em |
Total Em |
|
| Staff costs: | ||||||
| Salaries | 541.4 | I | 541.4 | 441.8 | 441.8 | |
| Social security costs | 42.3 | - | 42.3 | 36.0 | 36.0 | |
| Other pension costs | 9.9 | - | 9.9 | 8.5 | 8.5 | |
| 593.6 | - | 593.6 | 486.3 | 486.3 | ||
| Used rental equipment sold | 143.8 | l | 143.8 | 86.3 | 86.3 | |
| Other operating costs: | ||||||
| Vehicle costs | 131 5 | - | 1315 | 1178 | 117.8 | |
| Spares, consumables and external repairs | 118.6 | - | 118.6 | 102.7 | 102.7 | |
| Facility costs | 73.9 | - | 78.9 | 58.9 | - | 58.9 |
| Other external charges | 306.7 | (5.8) | 300.9 | 278.5 | 1 | 278.5 |
| 630.7 | (5.8) | 624.9 | 5579 | - | 557.9 | |
| Depreciation and amortisation: | ||||||
| Depreciation of owned assets | 44/8 | - | 447-8 | 349.9 | 4 | 349.9 |
| Depreciation of leased assets | 1.6 | 1.6 | 1.6 | 1.6 | ||
| Amortisation of intangibles | - | 22.4 | 22.4 | 15.8 | 15.8 | |
| Impairment of intangibles | IT | 12.0 | 12.0 | 16 | ||
| 449.4 | 34.4 | 483.8 | 351.5 | 15.8 | 3673 | |
| 1,817.5 | 28.6 | 1,846.1 | 1,482.0 | 15.8 | 1,497.8 |
Proceeds from the disposal of non-rental property, plant and equipment amounted to £7m (2015: £7m), resulting in a profit on disposal of £1m (2015: £1m) which is included in other external charges.
The costs shown in the above table include:
| 2016 2m |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Operating lease rentals payable: | ||
| Plant and equipment | 1.9 | 2.2 |
| Property | 52.9 | 41.0 |
| Cost of inventories recognised as expense | 228.2 | 168.4 |
| Bad debt expense | 179 | 12.8 |
| Net foreign exchange gains | (0.1) | (0.2) |
Staff costs include Directors' remuneration. Directors' remuneration comprised:
| 2016 C'000 |
2015 E'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Salaries and short-term employee benefits | 5,000 | 4.277 |
| Post-employment benefits | 28 | 30 |
| National insurance and social security | 414 | 348 |
| Share-based payments | 1,698 | 1.349 |
| 7.140 | 6.004 |
4 OPERATING COSTS AND OTHER INCOME CONTINUED
Remuneration payable to the Company's auditor, Deloitte LLP, in the year is given below:
| 2016 000.2 |
2015 E.000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Fees payable to Deloitte UK and its associates for the Group's annual accounts | 681 | રેરિયે |
| Fees payable to Deloitte UK and its associates for other services to the Group: | ||
| – the audit of the Group's UK subsidiaries pursuant to iegislation | 40 | 38 |
| - audit-related assurance services | 68 | 64 |
| ~ other assurance services | 1 | 80 |
| 7/89 | 818 |
Fees paid for audit-related assurance services relate to the half-year and quarterly reviews of the Group's interim financial statements, Other assurance services in the prior year relate to comfort letters provided in connection with the \$500m 5.625% senior secured notes issue due in 2024.
5 EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS AND AMORTISATION
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Impairment of intangibles | 12.0 | - |
| Release of provision for contingent consideration | (5.8) | I |
| Amortisation of intangibles | 22.4 | 15.8 |
| 28.6 | 15.8 | |
| Taxation | (9.6) | (5.1) |
| 19.0 | 10.7 |
The £12m impairment of intangibles relates to acquired customer lists within our Oil & Gas business. The impairment reflects our expectation that revenue from these customers will be much lower than anticipated when the businesses were acquired due to the fall in the oil price and its impact on the oil and gas industry. The E&M release of contingent consideration for contingent consideration on acquisitions, which was payable depending on revenue targets. These were expected to be achieved in full. Where this is no longer the case, the excess provision has been released. Both these exceptional items are non-cash.
6 NET FINANCING COSTS
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Investment income | ||
| Net interest on the net defined benefit asset | (0.1) | (0.2) |
| Interest expense | ||
| Bank interest payable | 22.1 | 17.5 |
| Interest payable on second priority senior secured notes | 57.7 | 47.5 |
| Interest payable on finance leases | 0-3 | 0.2 |
| Non-cash unwind of discount on provisions | 1.1 | 0.8 |
| Amortisation of deferred debt raising costs | 1.8 | 1.5 |
| Total interest expense | 83.0 | 67.5 |
| Net financing costs | 82.9 | 67.3 |
7 TAXATION
The tax charge for the year has been computed using a tax rate of 39% in North America (2015: 39%) and 20% in the UK (2015: 21%). The blended rate for the Group as a whole is 34% (2015: 36%). The Group's future effective tax rate will depend on the mix of profits amongst the territories in which it operates and their respective tax rates.
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Analysis of the tax charge | ||
| Current tax | ||
| - current tax on income for the year | 22.2 | 19.5 |
| - adjustments to prior year | 0.6 | (0.3) |
| 22.8 | 19.2 | |
| Deferred tax | ||
| – origination and reversal of temporary differences | 186.0 | 151.2 |
| - adjustments to prior year | 0.3 | |
| 186.3 | 151.2 | |
| Total taxation charge | 209.1 | 170.4 |
| Comprising: | ||
| – UK tax | 16.5 | 16.4 |
| - North American tax | 192.6 | 154.0 |
| 209.1 | 179.4 |
The tax charge comprises a charge of £218.7m (2015: £175.5m) relating to tax on the profit before exceptional items and amortisation, together with a credit of £9.6m (2015: £5.1m) on exceptional items and amortisation.
The tax charge for the year is higher than the standard rax in the UK of 20%. The differences are explained below.
| 2016 2m |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Profit on ordinary activities before tax | 616.7 | 473.8 |
| Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by the rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20% (2015: 20.9%) | 123.3 | 99.0 |
| Effects of: | ||
| Use of foreign tax rates on overseas income | 93.0 | 70.5 |
| Other | (8.1) | 1.2 |
| Adjustments to prior years | 0.9 | (0.3) |
| Total taxation charge | 209.1 | 170.4 |
8 DIVIDENDS
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Final dividend paid on 4 September 2015 of 12.25p (2015: 9.25p) per 10p ordinary share | 61.4 | 46.4 |
| Interim dividend paid on 3 February 2016 of 4.0p [2015: 3.0p] per 10p ordinary share | 20.1 | 5.0 |
| 81.5 | 61.4 |
In addition, the directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 30 April 2016 of 18.5p per share which will absorb £93m of shareholders' funds based on the 502m shares qualifying for dividend at 13 June 2016. Subject to approval by shareholders, it will be paid on 9 September 2016 to shareholders who are on the register of members on 12 August 2016.
9 EARNINGS PER SHARE
| 2016 | 2015 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Earnings Cm |
Weighted average no. of shares million |
Per share amount pence |
Earnings Em |
Weighted average no. of shares million |
Per share amount pence |
|
| Basic earnings per share | 407.6 | 501.5 | 81.3 | 303.4 | 501.4 | 60.5 |
| Share options and share plan awards | 1 | 1.9 | (0.3) | 3.2 | (0.4) | |
| Diluted earnings per share | 407.6 | 503.4 | 81.0 | 303.4 | 504.6 | 60.1 |
Underlying earnings per share may be reconciled to basic earnings per share as follows:
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| pence | pence | |
| Basic earnings per share | 81.3 | 60.5 |
| Exceptional items and amortisation of intanqibles | 5.7 | 3.1 |
| Tax on exceptional items and amortisation | (1.9) | (1.0) |
| Underlying earnings per share | 85.1 | 62.6 |
10 INVENTORIES
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Raw materials, consumables and spares | 8.5 | 9.0 |
| Goods for resale | 32.8 | 14.9 |
| 41.3 | 23.9 |
11 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
| 2016 ന്ത്ര |
2015 Er.1 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Trade receivables | 421.5 | 347.8 |
| Less: allowance for bad and doubtful receivables | (26.9) | (21.3) |
| Other receivables | 394.6 | 326.5 |
| - Accrued revenue | 26.7 | 21.6 |
| - Other | 34.4 | 29.4 |
| 455.7 | 377.5 |
The fair values of trade and other receivables are not materially different to the carrying values presented.
a) Trade receivables: credit risk
The Group's exposure to the credit risk interent in its trade receivables and the associated risk management techniques that the Group deploys in order to mitigate this risk are discussed in Note 24. The credit periods offered to customers vary according to the credit risk profiles of, and the invoicing conventions established in, the Group's markets. The contractual terms on invoices issued to customers vary between North America and the UK in that, invoices issued by A-Plant are payable within 30-60 days whereas, invoices issued by Sunbelt are payable on receipt. Therefore, on this basis, a significant proportion of the Group's trade receivables are contractually past due. The allowance for bad and doubtful receivables is calculated based on prior experience reflecting the level of uncollected receivables over the last year within each business. Accordingly, this cannot be attributed to specific receivables so the aged analysis of trade receivables, including those past due, is shown gross of the allowance for bad and doubtful receivables,
On this basis, the ageing analysis of trade receivables, including those past due, is as follows:
| Trade receivables past duc by: | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Current Em |
Less than 30 days Em |
30 - 60 days Em |
60-90 days Em |
More than 90 days Em |
Total Em |
||
| Carrying value at 30 April 2016 | 41.7 | 208.0 | 94.3 | 31.3 | 46.2 | 421.5 | |
| Carrying value at 30 April 2015 | 32-4 | 172.1 | 82.1 | 25.8 | 35.4 | 347.8 |
In practice, Sunbelt operates on 30-day terms and considers receivables past due if they are unpaid after 30 days. On this basis, the Group's ageing of trade receivables, including those past due, is as follows:
| Trade receivables past due by: | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Current Em |
Less than 30 days Em |
30-50 says Em |
60 - 90 days Em |
More than 90 davs Em |
Totai Em. |
|
| Carrying value at 30 April 2016 | 218.5 | 117.8 | 35.4 | 20.5 | 29.3 | 421.5 |
| Carrying value at 30 April 2015 | 182.1 | 98.2 | 27.8 | 15.1 | 24.6 | 347.8 |
b) Movement in the allowance account for bad and doubtful receivables
| 2016 Cm |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| At 1 May | 21.3 | 16.1 |
| Amounts written off or recovered during the year | (13.4) | (9.0) |
| Increase in allowance recognised in income statement | 179 | 12.8 |
| Currency movements | 1.1 | 1.4 |
| At 30 April | 26.9 | 21.3 |
12 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Cash and cash equivalents | 13.0 | 10.5 |
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates to their fair value.
13 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
| Land and buildings Em |
Rental equipment Em |
Motor vehicles | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Office and workshop equipment Em |
Owned Em |
Held under finance Cases Em |
Total Em |
|||
| Cost or valuation | ||||||
| At 1 May 2014 | 93.3 | 2,575.8 | 56.7 | 206.3 | 5.6 | 2,937.7 |
| Exchange differences | 5.6 | 214.3 | 3.9 | 17.9 | 241.7 | |
| Acquisitions | 1.7 | 174.4 | 0.3 | 19.1 | e | 195.5 |
| Reclassifications | 0.5 | (2.4) | 3.0 | (1.1) | = | |
| Additions | 14.2 | 979.1 | 9.9 | 57.1 | 2.8 | 1,063.1 |
| Disposals | (0.9) | 303.01 | (3.3) | (20.3) | (2.2) | (329.7) |
| At 30 April 2015 | 114.4 | 3,638.2 | 70.5 | 279.0 | 6.2 | 4,108.3 |
| Exchange differences | 3.7 | 152.1 | 27 | 11.9 | 170.4 | |
| Acquisitions | 52.6 | 0.1 | 4.9 | 57.6 | ||
| Reclassifications | (3.3) | 4.5 | (1.2) | |||
| Additions | 19.1 | 1,126.6 | 19.7 | 73.1 | 1.5 | 1,240.0 |
| Disposals | (1.3) | (485.4) | (3.9) | (24.1) | (0.3) | (515.0) |
| At 30 April 2016 | 185.9 | 4,480.8 | 36.6 | 343.6 | 14 | 5,061.3 |
| Depreciation | ||||||
| At 1 May 2014 | 38.0 | 859.5 | 45.3 | 64.0 | 1.8 | 1,008.6 |
| Exchange differences | 2.4 | 76.7 | 3.4 | 6.0 | 88.5 | |
| Acquisitions | 4 | 77.0 | 0.2 | 9.4 | 86.6 | |
| Reclassifications | ी | (1.5) | 1.7 | (0.2) | ||
| Charge for the period | 5.6 | 309.5 | 5.2 | 30.0 | 1.2 | 351.5 |
| Disposals | (0.5) | (217.2) | (3.2) | (15.7) | (1.4) | (238.0) |
| At 30 April 2015 | 45.5 | 1.104.0 | 52.6 | 93.5 | 1.6 | 1,297.2 |
| Exchange differences | 1.6 | 52.7 | 2.1 | 4.8 | 61.2 | |
| Acquisitions | 25.2 | 0 | 3.0 | 28.2 | ||
| Reclassifications | = | 11.6) | 2.5 | (0.9) | ||
| Charge for the period | 7.3 | 393.7 | 9.1 | 379 | 1.4 | 449.4 |
| Disposals | (1.1) | (340.1) | (3.6) | (18.6) | 0.11 | (363.5) |
| At 30 April 2016 | 53.3 | 1,233.9 | 62.7 | 119.7 | 2.9 | 1,472.5 |
| Net book value | ||||||
| At 30 April 2016 | 02.6 | 3,246.9 | 30.9 | 223.9 | 4.5 | 3,588.8 |
| At 30 April 2015 | 68.9 | 2,534.2 | 17.9 | 185.5 | 4.6 | 2,811.1 |
£1m of rebuild costs were capitalised in the year (2015: £2m). Rental equipment includes ieased assets with a net book value of £0.3m (2015: £0.4m).
14 INTANGIBLE ASSETS INCLUDING GOODWILL
| Other intangible assets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Goodwill Em |
Brand names Em |
Customer lists Em |
Contract related Em |
Total Em |
Total Em |
|
| Cost or valuation | ||||||
| At 1 May 2014 | 400.4 | 15.7 | 48.5 | 22.1 | 86.3 | 486.7 |
| Recognised on acquisition | 76.7 | 52.8 | 6.3 | 59.1 | 135.8 | |
| Exchange differences | 39.1 | 0.9 | 3.7 | 1.4 | 6.0 | 45.1 |
| At 30 April 2015 | 516.2 | 16.6 | 105.0 | 29.8 | 151.4 | 667.6 |
| Recognised on acquisition | 16.4 | 19.9 | 1.6 | 21.5 | 37.9 | |
| Exchange differences | 24.1 | 0.7 | 5.3 | 1.0 | 7.0 | 31.1 |
| At 30 Аргіl 2016 | 556.7 | 17.3 | 130.2 | 32.4 | 179.9 | 736.6 |
| Amortisation | ||||||
| At 1 May 2014 | 12.7 | 11.9 | 15.9 | 40.5 | 40.5 | |
| Charge for the period | 1 | 0.6 | 12.2 | 3.0 | 15.8 | 15.8 |
| Exchange differences | E | 0.8 | 0.8 | 0.8 | 2.4 | 2.4 |
| At 30 April 2015 | - | 14.1 | 24.9 | 19.7 | 58.7 | 58.7 |
| Charge for the period | 0.6 | 18.3 | 3.5 | 22.4 | 22.4 | |
| Impairment loss | - | 12.0 | 12.0 | 12.0 | ||
| Exchange differences | - | 0.6 | 1.7 | 0.7 | 3.0 | 3.0 |
| At 30 April 2016 | - | 15.3 | 56.9 | 23.9 | 96.1 | 96.1 |
| Net book value | ||||||
| At 30 April 2016 | 556.7 | 2.0 | 73.3 | 8.5 | 83.8 | 640.5 |
| At 30 April 2015 | 516.2 | 2.5 | 80.1 | 10.1 | 92.7 | 608.9 |
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated at acquisition to the cash-generating units ("CGUs") that benefit from that business combination. Goodwill allocated to each of the Group's CGUs is as follows:
| 2016 Ciri |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Sunbelt | ||
| Pump & Power | 25.2 | 26.7 |
| Climate Control | 17.5 | 15.6 |
| Scaffolding | 12.4 | 11.9 |
| General equipment and related businesses | 457.8 | 424.5 |
| 512.9 | 478.7 | |
| A-Plant | ||
| Eve (temporary roadways and barriers) | 14.3 | 14.3 |
| PSS (trenchiess technology and fusion) | 5.4 | 4.7 |
| FLG (lifting) | 3.7 | 3.7 |
| General equipment and related businesses | 20.4 | 14.8 |
| 43.8 | 37.5 | |
| Total goodwill | 556.7 | 516.2 |
Fcr the purposes of determining potential goodwill impairment, recoverable amounts are determined from value in use calculations using cash flow projections based on financial plans covering a three-year period which were adopted and april 2016. The key assumptions for these financial plans are those regarding revenue growth, margins and captal expenditure required to replace the rental fleet and support the growth forecast which management estimates based on past experience, market conditions and expectations for the future development of the projections consist of the 2016/17 budget, a further two years from the Group's business plan and a further seven years cash flows. The valuation uses an annual growth rate to determine the cash flows beyond the three-year business plan period of 2%, which does not exceed the average long-term growth rates for the relevant markets, a terminal value reflective of market multiples and discount rates of 11% and 9% for the US and UK businesses respectively.
The impairment review is sensitive to a change in key assumptions used, most notably the discount rates. A sensitivity analysis has been undertaken by changing the key assumptions used for each CGU in both Sunbelt and A-Plant. Based on this sensitivity analysis, no reasonably possible change in the recoverable amount of the CGUs identified above being reduced to their carrying value.
14 INTANGIBLE ASSETS INCLUDING GOODWILL CONTINUED Sunbelt
General equipment and related businesses
Revenue for the general equipment business is linked primarily to US non-residential construction spend, which is expected to continue to grow during the business plan period. These businesses have grown more rapidly than both non-residential construction and the broader rental market and this outperformance is expected to continue over the business plan period, although not necessarily to the same degree as over recent years. EBITDA margins are forecast to increase slightly from current levels as the businesses benefit from improving market conditions and increased scale.
Pump & Power, Climate Control and Scaffolding
Revenue for the Pump & Power, Climate Control and Scaffolding businesses is in part linked to the level of non-residential construction and also general levels of economic activity. EBITDA margins are forecast to increase slightly from current levels as the businesses benefit from increased scale
A-Plant
Revenue for each of the A-Plant CGUs is linked primarily to UK non-residential construction spend. This market is expected to grow during the business plan period. A-Plant has grown over the last three years more quickly than non-residential construction and we expect it to perform ahead of the market over the business plan period. The Events market which is expected to grow at a similar rate to construction margins are forecast to increase siightly from current levels as the businesses benefit from improving market conditions and increased scale.
15 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Trade payables | 78920 | 264.4 |
| Other taxes and social security | 32.7 | 27.6 |
| Accruals and deferred income | 215.8 | 199.7 |
| 480.5 | 491.7 |
Trade and other payables include amounts relating to the purchase of £247m (2015: £261m). The fair values of trade and other payables are not materially different from the carrying values presented.
16 BORROWINGS
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Current | ||
| Finance lease obligations | 2.5 | 2.0 |
| Non-current | ||
| First priority senior secured bank debt | 1,055.2 | 782.7 |
| Finance lease obligations | 2.9 | 3.3 |
| 6.5% second priority senior secured notes, due 2022 | 618.2 | 589 8 |
| 5.625% second priority serior secured notes, due 2024 | 335.9 | 319 8 |
| 2,012.2 | 1,695.6 |
The senior secured bank debt and the secured notes are secured by way of, respectively, first and loating charges over substantially all the Group's property, plant and equipment, inventory and trade receivables.
First priority senior secured credit facility
At 30 April 2016, \$2.63n was committed by our senior lender the asset-based senior secured revolving credit facility [ until July 2020 while the amount utilised was \$1,604m (including \$36m). The ABL facility is secured by a first priority interest in substantially all of the Group's assets. Pricing for the revolving credit facility is based on average availability according to a grid which varies from LIBOR plus 175bp. At 30 April 2016 the Group's borrowing rate was LIBOR plus 150bp.
The only financial performance covenant under the asset-based first priority senior bank facility is a fixed charge ratio (comprising LTM EBITDA before exceptional items less LTM net capital expenditure paid in cash over the sum of scheduled debt repayments plus cash interest, cash tax payments and dividends paid in the last 12 months) which must be equal to or greater than 1.0 times.
This covenant does not, however, apply when availability (the difference between the borrowing base and facility utilisation) exceeds \$260m. At 30 April 2016 availability under the bank facility was \$1,126m at 30 April 2015), with an additional \$1,796m of suppressed availability meaning that the covenant was not measured at 30 April 2016 and is unlikely to be measured in forthcoming quarters. Accordingly, the accounts are prepared on a going concern basis.
6.5% second priority senior secured notes due 2022 having a nominal value of \$900m and 5.625% second priority senior secured notes due 2024 having a nominal value of \$500m
At 30 April 2016 the Group, through its wholly owned subsidiary Ashtead Capital, hnc, had outstanding two series of second priority senior secured notes with nominal values of \$900m of notes carry an interest rate of 6.5% and are due on 15 July 2022 while the \$500m of notes carry an interest rate of 5.625% and are due on 1 October 2024. The notes are secured by second priority interests over substantially the same assets as the ABL facility and are also guaranteed by Ashtead Group plc.
Under the terms of the 6.5% and 5.625% notes the Group is, subject to important exceptions, restricted in its ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends, make investments, sell assets, enter into sale and merge or consolidate with another company. Financial performance covenants under the 6.625% senior secured note issue are only measured at the time new debt is raised,
The effective rates of interest at the balance sheet date were as follows:
| 2016 | 2015 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| First priority senior secured bank debt - revolving advances in dollars | 1.97% | 1.97% | |
| Secured notes | – \$900m nominal value | 6.5% | 6.5% |
| – \$500m nominal value | 5.625% | 5.625% | |
| Finance leases | 6.6% | 6.3% |
17 OBLIGATIONS UNDER FINANCE LEASES
| Minimum lease payments | Present value of minimum lease payments |
||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 Cm |
2015 Em |
2016 Em |
2015 Em |
||
| Amounts payable under finance leases: | |||||
| Less than one year | 2.8 | 2.2 | 2.5 | 2.0 | |
| Later than one year but not more than five | 3.2 | 3.7 | 2.9 | 3.3 | |
| 6.0 | 5.9 | 5.4 | 5.3 | ||
| Future finance charges | (0.6) | (0.6) | |||
| 5.4 | 5.3 |
The Group's obligations under finance leases are secured by the leased assets disclosed in Note 13.
18 PROVISIONS
| Self-insurance Em |
Vacant proseriy Em |
Contingent consideration Em |
Total Em |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 1 May 2015 | 19.0 | 5.3 | 25.4 | 49.7 |
| Acquired businesses | = | 4.8 | 4.8 | |
| Exchange differences | 0.9 | 0.1 | 0.8 | 1.8 |
| Utilised/released | (22.2) | 12.01 | [10.9] | (35.1) |
| Charged in the year | 23.3 | 0.9 | 24.2 | |
| Amortisation of discount | 0.4 | 0.7 | 1.1 | |
| At 30 April 2016 | 21.4 | 4.3 | 20.8 | 46.5 |
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Included in current liabilities | 28.9 | 18.4 |
| Included in non-current liabilities | 17.6 | 31.3 |
| 46.5 | 49.7 |
Self-insurance provisions relate to the discounted estimated liability in respect of claims excesses to be incurred under the Group's insurance programmes for events occurring up to the year-end and are expected to be utilised over a period of approximately eight years. The provision is established based on advice received from independent actuaries of the self-insured retained risk based on historical claims experience. The amount charged in the year is stated net of a £1.4m adjustment to reduce the provision held at 1 May 2015.
The majority of the provision for vacant property costs is expected to be utilised over a period of up to three years. The provision for contingent consideration relates to recent acquisitions and is expected to be paid out over the next two years.
19 DEFERRED TAX Deferred tax assets
| Tax Icsses Em |
Other temporary differences Em |
Total Em |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| At 1 May 2015 | |||
| Offset against deferred tax liability at 1 May 2015 | 70.8 | 56.0 | 126.8 |
| Gross deferred tax assets at 1 May 2015 | 70.8 | 56.0 | 126.8 |
| Exchange differences | 3.8 | 29 | 6.7 |
| (Charge)/credit to income statement | 2.2 | 12.7 | 10.5 |
| Credit/(charge) to equity | 2.8 | (3.6) | (0.8) |
| Acquisitions | 4 | (1.9) | (1.9) |
| Less offset against deferred tax liability | (75.2) | (66.1) | [141.3] |
| At 30 April 2016 | 1 |
Deferred tax liabilities
| Accelerated tax depreciation fm |
Other temporary differences Em |
Total Em |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| Net deferred tax liability at 1 May 2015 | 501 6 | 29 | 504.5 |
| Deferred tax assets offset at 1 May 2015 | 126.8 | 126.8 | |
| Gross deferred tax liability at 1 May 2015 | 628.4 | 29 | 631.3 |
| Exchange differences | 35.7 | 1 | 35.7 |
| Charge/(credit) to income statement | 197.5 | (0.7) | 196.8 |
| Credit to equity | - | (0.1) | (0.1) |
| Acquisitions | 0.1 | 0.8 | 0.9 |
| 861.7 | 29 | 864.6 | |
| Less offset of deferred tax assets | |||
| - benefit of tax losses | (75.2) | ||
| - other temporary differences | 66.1) | ||
| At 30 April 2016 | 723.3 |
The Group has an unrecognised UK deferred tax asset of £1.2ml in respect of losses in a non-trading UK company, as it is not considered probable this deferred tax asset will be utilised.
At the balance sheet date, no temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries are considered to exist as UK tax legislation largely exempts overseas dividencs received from UK tax.
20 SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES
| 2016 Number |
2015 Number |
2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Ordinary shares of 10p each Authorised |
900,000,000 900,000,000 | 90.0 | 90.0 | |
| Issued and fully paid: At 1 May and 30 Аргіі |
553,325,554 553,325,554 | 55.3 | 55.3 |
There were no movements in shares authorised or allotted during the period.
At 30 April 2016, 50ml (2015: 50m) shares were held by the Company, acquired at an average cost of 67p (2015: 67p) and a further 1,8m (2015. 1.9m) shares were held by the Company's Employee Share Ownership Trust ( ESOT') to facilitate the provision of shares under the Group's Performance Share Plan ('PSP').
The non-distributable reserve related to the reserve created on the then share premium account in August 2005. Under the terms of the court order, the reserve became distributable when either:
- there remained no outstanding debt or claim against the Company which existed at the cancellation of the share premium account: or
- after 10 years if the only outstanding amount related to leases in effect at the cancellation date.
Accordingly, the reserve was transferred to distributable reserves after 10 years in August 2015.
21 SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
The ESOT facilitates the provision of shares under the Group's PSP. It holds a beneficial interest in 1,789,203 ordinary shares of the Company acquired at an average cost of 903.7p per share. The shares had a market value of £16.3m at 30 April 2016, The ESOT has waved the right to receive dividends on the shares it holds. The costs of operating the ESOT are borne by the Group but are not significant.
Details of the PSP are given on pages 71 and 77. The costs of this scheme are charged to the income statement over the vesting period, based on the fair value of the award at the likelihood of allocations vesting under the scheme. In 2016, there was a net charge to pre-tax profit in respect of the PSP of £4.7m (2015: £4.0m). After deferred tax, the total charge was £3.3m (2015: £2.8m).
The fair value of awards granted during the year is estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: share price at grant date of 1,051p, nil exercise price, a dividend yield of 1.45%, volatlity of 30.78%, a risk-free rate of 1% and an expected life of three years.
Expected volatility was determined by calculatility over the previous three years. The expected life used in the model is based on the terms of the plan.
Details of the PSP awards outstanding during the year are as follows:
| 2016 Number |
2015 Number |
|
|---|---|---|
| Outstanding at 1 May | 2,734,482 | 4,473,385 |
| Granted | 750,785 | 684.684 |
| Exercised | (1,329,492) | (2,352,219) |
| Expired | (12,358) | (71,368) |
| Outstanding at 30 April | 2,143,417 | 2,734,482 |
| Exercisable at 30 April | 1 |
22 OPERATING LEASES
Minimum annual commitments under existing operating leases may be analysed by date of expiry of the lease as follows:
| 2016 200 |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Land and buildings: | ||
| Expiring in one year | 4.1 | 4.2 |
| Expiring between two and five years | 31.9 | 26.2 |
| Expiring in more than five years | 20.1 | 14.6 |
| 56.1 | 45.0 |
Total minimum commitments under existing leases at 30 April 2016 through to the earliest date at which the lease may be exited without penalty by year are as follows:
| Em | |
|---|---|
| Financial year | |
| 2017 | 56.1 |
| 2018 | 49 6 |
| 2019 | 41.7 |
| 2020 | 32.7 |
| 2021 | 24.7 |
| Thereafter | 81.5 |
| 286.3 |
£4m of the total minimum operating lease commitments of £286m relating to vacant provided within the financial statements and included within provisions in the balance sheet.
23 PENSIONS
Defined contribution plans
The Group operates pension plans for the benefit of qualifying employees throughout the Group are all defined contribution plans. Pension costs for defined contribution plans were £10m (2015: £8m).
Defined benefit plan
The Group also has a defined benefit plan for certain UK employees which was closed to new members in 2001. The plan is a funded defined benefit plan with trustee-administered assets held separately from those of the Group. The Trustees are composed of representatives of both the Company and plan members. The Trustees are required by law to act in the intericiaries and are responsible for the investment policy of the assets and the day-to-day administration of the benefits.
The plan is a final salary pian which provides members a quaranteed level of bife. The level of benefits provided by the plan depends on members' length of service and their salary in the final years leading up to retirement.
The plan's duration is an indicator of the weighted-average time until benefit payments are made. For the plan as whole, the duration is around 20 years. The estimated amount of contributions expected to be paid by the Group to the plan during the 2016/17 financial year is £1m.
The pian exposes the Group to a number of risks, the most significant being investment risk, interest rate risk, inflation risk and life expectancy risk.
The most recent actuarial valuation was carried out as at 30 April 2013 by a qualified indeped a funding surplus of E5m. The actuary was engaged by the Company to perform a valuation in accordance with IAS 19 (revised) as at 30 April 2016. The principal financial assumptions made by the actuary were as follows:
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| Discount rate | 3.4% | 3.5% |
| Inflation assumption - RPI | 3.0% | 3.3% |
| - CPI | 1.9% | 2.2% |
| Rate of increase in salaries | 4.0% | 4.3% |
| Rate of increase in pensions in payment | 3.0% | 3.2% |
Pensioner life expectancy assumed in the 30 April 2015 projection model mortality tables adjusted so as to apply a minimum annual rate of improvement of 1.25% a year. Samples of the ages to which pensioners are assumed to live are as follows:
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| Life expectancy of pensioners currently aged 65 | ||
| Male | 36.6 | 86.8 |
| Female | 88.9 | 89.1 |
| Life expectancy at age 65 for future pensioner currently aged 45 | ||
| Male | 88.3 | 88.5 |
| Female | 90.8 | 91.0 |
The plan's assets are invested in the following asset classes:
| Fair value | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
| UK equities | 44.8 | 47.3 |
| US equities | 12.8 | 11.2 |
| European equities | 2.6 | 2.7 |
| Asia Pacific (excluding Japan) equities | 4.1 | |
| Corporate bonds | 11.1 | 11.1 |
| Global loan fund | 7.5 | 7.8 |
| Property | 10.1 | 8.2 |
| Cash | 0.3 | 0.5 |
| 89.0 | 979 |
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are determined as follows:
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Fair value of plan assets | 89.0 | 92.9 |
| Present value of funded defined benefit obligation | (86.8) | (89.8) |
| Net asset recognised in the balance sheet | 2.2 | 3.1 |
The components of the defined benefit cost recognised in the income statement are as follows:
| Em | Em | |
|---|---|---|
| Current service cost | 0.8 | 0.7 |
| Net interest on the net defined benefit plan | (0.1) | (0.2) |
| Net charge to the income statement | 0.77 | 0.5 |
The remeasurements of the defined benefit plan recognised in the statement of comprehensive income are as follows:
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Actuarial qain/[loss] due to changes in financial assumptions | 1.9 | (9.9) |
| Actuarial qain due to changes in demographic assumptions | 0.8 | 0.3 |
| Actuarial gain arising from experience adjustments | 1.8 | 0.6 |
| Return on plan assets excluding amounts recognised in net interest | (5.1) | 59 |
| Remeasurement of the defined benefit pension plan | (0.6) | (3.1) |
23 PENSIONS CONTINUED
Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows:
| 2016 Am |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| At 1 May | 89.8 | 78.3 |
| Current service cost | 0.8 | 0.7 |
| Interest cost | 3.2 | 3.3 |
| Contributions from members | 0.2 | 0.2 |
| Remeasurements | ||
| – Actuarial [gain]/loss due to changes in financial assumptions | (1.9) | 9.9 |
| – Actuarial gain due to changes in demographic assumptions | (0.8) | (0.3) |
| - Actuarial gain arising from experience adjustments | (1.8) | (0.6) |
| Benefits paid | (2.7) | (1.7) |
| At 30 April | 86.8 | 89.8 |
The key assumptions used in valuing the defined benefit obligation and mortality. The sensitivity of the results to these assumptions is as follows:
· An increase in the discount rate of 0.5% would result in an £8m (2015: £8m) decrease in the defined benefit obligation.
- · An increase in the inflation rate of 0.5% would result in a £7m (2015: E7m) increase in the defined benefit obligation. This includes the resulting change to other assumptions that are related to inflation such as pensions and salary growth.
- A one-year increase in the pensioner life expectancy at age 65 would result in a £3m (2015: £3m) increase in the defined benefit obligation.
The above sensitivity analyses have been on reasonably possible changes to the significant assumptions, while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some assumptions may be correlated. The sensitivity information shown above has been prepared using the same method as adopted when adjusting the results of the latest funding valuation to the balance sheet date. This is the same approach as has been adopted in previous periods.
Movements in the fair value of plan assets were as follows:
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| At 1 May | 92.9 | 84.4 |
| Interest income | 3.3 | 3.5 |
| Remeasurement - return on plan assets excluding amounts recognised in net interest | (5.1) | 5.9 |
| Employer contributions | 0.4 | 0.6 |
| Contributions from members | 0-2 | 0.2 |
| Benefits paid | (2.7) | (1.7) |
| At 30 April | 89.0 | 92.9 |
The actual return on plan assets was a £1.8m loss (2015: £9.4m gain).
24 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group's trading and financing activities expose it to various financial risks that, if left unmanaged, could adversely impact on current or future earnings. Although not necessarily mutually exclusive, these financial risks are categorised separately according to their different generic risk characteristics and include market risk (foreign currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk.
It is the role of the Group treasury function to manage and monitor the Group's financial risks and internal funding requirements in support of the Group's corporate objectives. Treasury activities are governed by the Board and monitored by the Finance and Administration Committee. In particular, the Board of directors or, through delegated authority, the Finance and Administration Committee, approves any derivative transactions are only undertaken for the purposes of managing interest rate risk. The Group does not trade in financial instruments. The Group maintains treasury control systems and procedures to monitor liquidity, currency, credit and financial risks. The Group reports its financial results and pays dividends in pounds sterling.
Market risk
The Group's activities expose it primarily to interest rate risk is monitored on a continuous basis and managed, where appropriate, through the use of interest rate swaps, whereas the use of forward foreign exchange contracts to manage currency risk is considered on an individual non-trading transaction basis. The Group is not exposed to commodity price risk or equity price risk as defined in IFRS 7.
Interest rate risk
Management of fixed and variable rate debt
The Group has fixed and variable rate debt in issue with 48% of the drawn debt at a fixed rate as at 30 April 2016. The Group's accounting policy requires all borrowings to be held at amortised cost. As a result, the carrying value of fixed rated by changes in credit conditions in the debt markets and there is therefore no exposure to fair value interest rate risk. The Group's debt that bears interest at a variable rate comprises all outstandings under the senior secured credit facility. The interest rates currently applicable to this variable rate debt are LIBOR as applicable to the currency borrowed plus 150bp. The Group periodically utilises interest rate swap agreements to manage and mitigate its exposure to changes in interest rates. However, during the year ended and as at 30 April 2016, the Group had no such swap agreements outstanding. The Group also may at times hold cash and cash equivalents which earn interest at a variable rate.
Net variable rate debt sensitivity
At 30 April 2016, based upon the amount of variable rate debt outstanding, the Group's pre-tax profits would change by approximately £10m for each one percentage point change in interest rate debt and, after tax effects, equity would change by approximately £7m. The amount of the Group's variable rate debt may fluctuate as a result of changes in the amount of debt outstanding under the senior secured credit facility.
Currency exchange risk
Currency exchange risk is limited to translations in the ordinary course of business that take place between foreign entities. The Group's reporting currency is the pound sterling. However, the majority of our assets, liabilities, revenue and costs are denominated in US dollars. The Group has arranged its financing such that, at 30 April 2016, 91% of its debt was denominated in US (and Canadian) dollars so that there is a natural partial offset between its dollar-denominated net assets and its dollar-denominated debt and interest expense. At 30 April 2016, dollar-denominated debt represented approximately 62% of the value of dollar-denominated net assets (other than debt).
The Group's exposure to exchange rate movements on tradively limited. All Group companies invoice revenue in their respective local currency and generally incur expense and purchase assets in their local currency. Consequently, the Group does not routinely hedge either forecast foreign currency exposures or the movements on the translation of overseas profits into sterling. Where the Group does hedging documentation. Foreign exchange risk on significant non-trading transactions [e.g. acquisitions] is considered on an individual basis.
Resultant impacts of reasonably possible changes to foreign exchange rates
Based upon the level of US operations and the US dollar-denominated debt balance, at 30 April 2016 a 1% change in the US dollar-pound exchange rate would have impacted our pre-tax proximately E6m and equity by approximately £15m. At 30 April 2016, the Group had no outstanding foreign exchange contracts.
24 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Credit risk
The Group's principal financial assets are cash and trade and other receivables. The Group's credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. The amounts presented in the balances for doubtful receivables. The credit risk on liquid funds and derivetive financial is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies. The Group's maximum exposure to credit risk is presented in the following table:
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Cash and cash equivalents | 13.0 | 10.5 |
| Trade and other receivables | 455.7 | 377.5 |
| 468.7 | 388.0 |
The Group has a large number of unrelated customers, serving over 570,000 during the financial year, and does not have any significant credit exposure to any particular customer. Each business segment manages its own exposure to the economic circumstances and characteristics of the markets they serve. The Group believes that management of credit risk on a devolved basis enables it to assess and manage it more effectively. However, broad principles of credit risk management practice are observed across the Group, such as the use of credit reference agencies and the maintenance of credit control functions.
Liauiditv risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group could experience difficulties in meeting its creditors as financial liabilities fall due for payment.
The Group generates significant free cash flow from operations less replacement capital expenditure net of proceeds of asset disposals, interest paid. This free cash flow is available to the Group to invest in growth capital expenditure, acquisitions, dividend payments and other returns to shareholders or to reduce debt.
In addition to the strong free cash flow from normal traditional liquidity is available through the Group's ABL facility. At 30 April 2016, availability under the \$2.6bn facility was \$1,126m [£769m].
Contractual maturity analysis
Trade receivables, the principal class of non-derivative financial asset held by the Group, are settled gross by customers.
The following table presents the Group's outractual maturity profile for its non-derivative financial liabilities, excluding t rade and other payables which fall due within one year. The analysis presented is based on the undiscounted contractual maturities of the Group's financial liabilities, including any interest that will accrue, except where the Group is entitled and intends to repay a financial liability, or part of a financial liability, before its contractual maturity. The undiscounted cash flows have been calculated using foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates ruling at the balance sheet date.
At 30 April 2016
| Undiscounted cash flows - yrar to 30 April | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2017 Em |
2018 Em |
2019 fm |
2020 Em |
2021 Em |
Thereafter Em |
Total Em |
|
| Bank and other debt | 1.063.1 | - | 1.063.1 | ||||
| Finance leases | 2.5 | 1.8 | 0.9 | 0.2 | 5.4 | ||
| 6.5% senior secured notes | - | 6 | 627.0 | 627.0 | |||
| 5.625% senior secured notes | = | র | 341.3 | 341.3 | |||
| 2.5 | 1.8 | 0.9 | 0.2 | 1.063.1 | 968.3 | 2.036.8 | |
| Interest payments | 80.2 | 80.1 | 80.0 | 80.0 | 59.1 | 174.6 | 554.0 |
| 82.7 | 81.9 | 80.9 | 80.2 | 1.122.2 | 1.142.9 | 2,590.8 |
Letters of credit of £24m (2015) E21m) are provided and guaranteed under the ABL facility which expires in July 2020.
At 30 April 2015
| Undiscounted cash flows - year to 30 April | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 Em |
2017 Em |
2018 Em |
2019 Em |
2020 Em |
Thereafter Em |
Total Em |
|
| Bank and other debt | = | - | 788.4 | 788.4 | |||
| Finance leases | 2.0 | 1.8 | 1.1 | 0.4 | 5.3 | ||
| 6.5% senior secured notes | = | 1 | - | 599.3 | 599.3 | ||
| 5.625% senior secured notes | - | - | - | 325.4 | 325.4 | ||
| 2.0 | 1.8 | 1.1 | 788.8 | - | 924.7 | 1,718.4 | |
| Interest payments | 72.2 | 72.1 | 72.0 | 719 | 56.4 | 166.4 | 511.0 |
| 74.2 | 73.9 | 73.1 | 860.7 | 56.4 | 1,091.1 | 2,229.4 |
Fair value of financial instruments
Fair value of derivative financial instruments
At 30 April 2016, the Group had no derivative financial instruments. The embeded prepayment options included within the \$900m and \$500m senior secured loan notes are ciosely reiated to the host debt contract and hence, are not accounted for senarately. In e lonan notes are carried at amortised cost.
Fair value of non-derivative financial assets and liabilities
The table below provides a comparison, by category of the carrying amounts and the fair values of the Group's non-derivative financial assets and liabilities at 30 April 2016. Fair value is the amount at which a financial instrument cculd be exchanged in an arm's length transaction between informed and willing parties and includes accrued interest. Where available, market values have been used to determine fair values of inancial assets and liabilities. Where market values are not availəble, fair values of financial assets and liabilities have been calculated by discounting expected future cash flows at prevailing interest and exchange rates.
| At 30 April 2016 | At 30 April 2015 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Book value Em |
Fair value Em |
Book value Em |
Fair value Em |
||
| Fair value of non-current borrowings: | |||||
| Long-term borrowings | |||||
| Fair value determined based on market value | |||||
| - first priority senior secured bank debt | 1,063.1 | 1,063.1 | 788.4 | 788.4 | |
| - 6.5% senior secured notes | 627.0 | 661 5 | 599.3 | 645.7 | |
| - 5.625% senior secured notes | 341.3 | 3-8.2 | 325.4 | 341.6 | |
| 2,031.4 | 2,077.8 | 1,713.1 | 1.775.7 | ||
| Fair value determined based on observable market inputs | |||||
| - finance lease obligations | 2.9 | 3.2 | 3.3 | 3.7 | |
| Total long-term borrowings | 2,034.3 | 2,081.0 | 1,716.4 | 1.779.4 | |
| Deferred costs of raising finance | (22.1) | (20.8) | |||
| 2,012.2 | 2,081.0 | 1,695.6 | 1,779.4 | ||
| Fair value of other financial instruments held or issued to finance the Group's operations: |
Fair value determined based on market value
| Finance lease obligations due within one year | 25 | 2.5 | 2.0 | 2.2 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Trade and other payables | 480-5 | 480.5 | 491.7 | 491.7 |
| Trade and other receivables | 435.7 | 455-77 | 3775 | 3775 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 13.0 | 13.0 | 10.5 | 10.5 |
25 NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT
a) Cash flow from operating activities
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| Em | Em | |
| Operating profit before exceptional items and amortisation | 122.2 | 556.9 |
| Depreciation | 449.4 | 351 5 |
| EBITDA before exceptional items | 1,177.6 | 908.4 |
| Profit on disposal of rental equipment | (47.4) | (26.8) |
| Profit on disposal of other property, plant and equipment | 1-4 | (1.2) |
| Increase in inventories | (15.1) | (2.0) |
| Increase in trade and other receivables | (36.9) | 58.51 |
| (Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables | (10.9) | 17.7 |
| Exchange differences | 0.11 | (0.2) |
| Other non-cash movements | 4.7 | 4.0 |
| Cash generated from operations before exceptional items and changes in rental equipment | 1.070.6 | 841.4 |
b) Analysis of net debt
Net debt consists of total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. Borrowings exclude accrued interest. Foreign currency denominated balances are retranslated to pounds sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.
| 1 Mav 2015 Em |
Exchange movement Em |
Cash ow Em |
Debt acquired Em |
Non-cash movements Em |
30 April 2016 Em |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cash and cash equivalents | (10.5) | (0.2) | (2.3) | I | (13.0) | |
| Debt due within one year | 2.0 | (0.6) | 0.1 | 1.0 | 2.5 | |
| Debt due after one year | .695.6 | 81.9 | 232.8 | 0.2 | 1.7 | 2,012.2 |
| Total net debt | 1.687.1 | 81.7 | 229.9 | 0.3 | 2.7 | 2.001.7 |
Non-cash movements relate to the amortisation of prepaid fees relating of debt facilities and the addition of new finance leases in the year.
c) Acquisitions
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Cash consideration paid | ||
| - acquisitions in the period lnet of cash acquired] | 64.9 | 236.0 |
| – contingent consideration | 3.5 | 5.5 |
| 68.4 | 241.5 |
During the year, 12 acquisitions were made for a total cash consideration of £65ml, after taking account of net cash acquired of £0.9m. Further details are provided in Note 26.
Payments for contingent consideration on prior year acquisitions were also made of £3m (2015: £5m).
26 ACQUISITIONS
During the year, the following acquisitions were completed:
- il (Air Systems'), for an initial cash consideration of £1m (\$2m), with contingent consideration of up to £0.5m (\$0.8m), payable over the next year, depending on revenue meeting or exceeding certain thresholds. Air Systems is a climate control business in Oregon.
- ii) (\$2m). Dover is a general equipment business in Delaware.
- iii) On 1 October 2015 Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of Pinnacle Tool & Supply, Ltd. (together 'Pinnacle') for an aggregate consideration of £16m (\$24m). Pinnacle is an industrial equipment business in Texas.
- iv) On 2 October 2015 A-Plant acquired the entire issued share capital of Fraluk ] for an initial cash consideration of £ 1m, with contingent consideration of up to £1m payable over the next two years. Fraluk is a climate control business.
- On 9 October 2015 Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of 1139623 Alberta Ltd., trading as The Rental Store (The Rental Store'), s for £0.5m (C\$1.1m). The Rental Store is a general equipment rental business in Alberta, Canada.
- vi) On 28 October 2015 A-Plant acquired the entire issued share capital of G.B. Access'] for an initial cash consideration of £6m, with contingent consideration of up to £2m payable over the next year. G. Access is a specialist provider of lifting solutions.
- wil) On 1 December 2015 A-Plant acquired the business and assets of Euremical for £0.8m. Euremica is a specialist test instrumentation service provider.
- viii) On 1 December 2015 Sunbelt acquired certain business and assets of 303567 Saskatchewan Ltd, trading as Handy Rentrel Centre ( Handy'), for £6m (C\$13m). Handy is a general equipment rental business in Saskatchewan, Canada.
- ix) On 31 December 2015 Sunbelt acquired the entire issued share capital of Okotoks 'for an initial cash consideration of £16m (C\$34m), with contingent consideration of up to £1m (C\$2m) payable over the next two years. Okotoks is a general equipment rental business in Alberta, Canada.
- x) Richardson is a general equipment rental business in California.
- xi) On 18 January 2016 A-Plant acquired certain business and assets of Rapid Climate Controi Limited ( Rapid is a climate control business.
- xi) On 1 April 2016 Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of Equipco I for £7m (\$10m). Equipco is a general equipment rental business in Louisiana.
The following table sets out the book values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acqured and their fair value to the Group. The fair values have been determined provisionally at the balance sheet date.
| Fair value to Group Em |
|
|---|---|
| Net assets acquired | |
| Trade and other receivables | 8.2 |
| Inventory | 0.6 |
| Property, plant and equipment | |
| ~ rental equipment | 27.4 |
| - other assets | 2.0 |
| Creditors | (1.9) |
| Debt | (0.3) |
| Current tax | (0.8) |
| Deferred tax | (2.8) |
| Intangible assets (non-compete agreements and customer relationships) | 21.5 |
| 53.9 | |
| Consideration: | |
| - cash paid and due to be paid (net of cash acquired) | 65.5 |
| - contingent consideration payable in cash | 4.8 |
| 70.3 | |
| Goodwill | 16.4 |
The goodwill arising can be attributed to the key management personnel and workforce of the synergies and other benefits the Group expects to derive from the synergies and other benefits include the elimination of duplicate costs, improving utilisation of the acquired rental fleet, using the invest in the aquired businesses and crive improved returns through a semi-fixed cost base and the Group's proprietary software to optimise revenue cpportunities. £9m of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
The fair value of trade receivables at acquisition was £8m. The gross contractual amount for trade receivables due was £1m, net of a £1m provision for debts which may not be collected.
Due to the operational integration of the acquired businesses with Sunbelt and A-Plant since acquisition, in particular the merger of some stores, the movement of rental equipment between stores and investment in the rental leet, it is not practical to report the revenue and profit of the acquired businesses post acquisition. On an annual basis they generate approximately £45m of revenue.
The revenue and operating profit of these acquisitions from 1 May 2015 to their date of acquisition was not material.
27 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The Group is subject to periodic legal claims in the ordinass, none of which is expected to have a material impact on the Group's financial position.
The Company
The Company has quaranteed the borrowings of its subsidiary under the Group's senior secured credit and overdraft facilities. At 30 April 2016 the amount borrowed under these facilities was £1,063m (2015). E788m). Subsidiary undertakings are also able to obtain letters of credit under these facilities and at 30 April 2016, letters of credit issued under these arrangements totalled £24m) (\$38m) (2015, £21m (\$33m)). In addition, the Company has guaranteed the 6.5% and 5.625% second priority secured notes with a par value of \$900m (£614m) and \$500m (£341m) respectively, issued by Ashtead Capital, Inc..
The Company has quaranteed operating and finance lease commitments of subsidiary undertakings where the minimum lease commitment at 30 April 2016 totalled £37m (2015) £40m) in respect of land and buildings of which £7m is payable by subsidiary undertakings in the year ending 30 April 2016.
The Company has provided a quarantee to the Ashted Group plc Retirement Benefits Plan ( that ensures the plan is at least 105% funded as calculated in accordance with section 179 of the Pensions Act 2004. Based on the last actuarial 2013, this guarantee was the equivalent of £23m.
The Company has guaranteed the performance by subsidiaries of certain other obligations up to £5m (2015: £3m).
28 CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
At 30 April 2016 capital commitments in respect of purchases of rental and other equipment totalled £315m (2015: £321m), all of which had been ordered. There were no other material commitments at the year end.
A-Plant has entered into an aqreement to acquire the issued share capital of Lion Trackhire Limited ( Lion ) for £38m. The agreement was entered into on 13 April 2016 and closing is subject to certain conditions precedent. Lion is a specialist provider of temporary access solutions to the events and industrial sectors.
29 EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE
Since the balance sheet date the Group has completed four acquisitions as follows:
- On 2 May 2016 Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of I & L Rentals, LLC (I & L') for a cash consideration of £46m (S67m). I & L is a general equipment rental business in Hawaii.
- ii) On 20 May 2016 Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of LoadBanks of America ('LBA'), a division of Austin Welder & Generator Services, Inc. for a cash consideration of £4m (\$6m), LBA provides testing solutions for power systems.
- iii On 20 May 2016 A-Plant acquired the entire issued share capital of Mather & Stuart') for a cash consideration of £7m. Mather & Stuart is a temporary power rental business.
- iv) On 6 June 2016 Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of Portable Rental Solutions, Inc. and One Source Cooling, LLC (collectively 'PRS') for cash consideration of £7m (\$10m), PRS is a temporary heating and cooling business in Texas.
The initial accounting for these acquisitions is incomplete. Had the acquisitions taken place on 1 May 2015 its contribution to revenue and operating profit would not have been material.
30 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Group's key management company's executive and non-executive directors. Details of their remuneration are given in Note 4 and details of their share interests and share awards are given in the Directors remuneration report and form part of these financial statements. In relation to the Group's defined benefit pension plan, details are included in Note 23.
31 EMPLOYEES
The average number of employees, including directors, during the year was as follows:
| 2016 Number |
2015 Number |
|
|---|---|---|
| North America | 10,001 | 8.422 |
| United Kingdom | 2,966 | 2,604 |
| 12,967 | 11.026 |
32 PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
a. Balance sheet of the Company (Company number: 01807982)
| 2016 | 2015 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Notes | Em | Em | |
| Current assets | |||
| Prepayments and accrued income | 0.3 | 0.3 | |
| Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings | (f) | 157.6 | |
| 0.3 | 157.9 | ||
| Non-current assets | |||
| Investments in Group companies | (h) | 363.7 | 363.7 |
| Deferred tax asset | 0.9 | 1.4 | |
| 364.6 | 365.1 | ||
| Total assets | 364.9 | 523.0 | |
| Current liabilities | |||
| Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings | lgl | 32.6 | 168.4 |
| Accruals and deferred income | 5.8 | 4.3 | |
| Total liabilities | 38.4 | 172.7 | |
| Equity | |||
| Share capital | (b) | 55.3 | 55.3 |
| Share premium account | ы | 3.6 | 3.6 |
| Capital redemption reserve | (b) | 0.9 | 0.9 |
| Non-distributable reserve | (b) | 90.7 | |
| Own shares held by the Company | (b) | (33.1) | (33.1) |
| Own shares held through the ESOT | (b) | (16.2) | (15.5) |
| Retained reserves | (b) | 316.0 | 248.4 |
| Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company | 326.5 | 350.3 | |
| Total liabilities and equity | 364.9 | 523.0 |
These financial statements were approved by the Board on 13 June 2016.
GEOFF DRABBLE Chief executive
SUZANNE WOOD Finance director
32 PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION CONTINUED
b. Statement of changes in equity of the Company
| Share capital Em |
Share primium account Em |
Capital redemption reserve Em |
Non- distributable reserve Em |
Own shares held by the Company Em |
Own shares held through the ESOT Em |
Retained reserves Em |
Total Em |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 1 May 2014 | 55.3 | 3.6 | 0.9 | 90.7 | (33.1) | 11.8) | 160.9 | 266.5 |
| Total comprehensive income for the year | 1 | |||||||
| Dividends paid | + | (61.4) | (61.4) | |||||
| Dividend received from | ||||||||
| Ashtead Holdings plc | = | - | 160-2 | 160.2 | ||||
| Own shares purchased by the ESOT | = | (20.3) | (20.3) | |||||
| Share-based payments | 16.6 | (12.6) | 4.0 | |||||
| Tax on share-based payments | - | 1.3 | 1.3 | |||||
| At 30 April 2015 | 55.3 | 3.6 | 0.9 | 90.7 | (33.1) | (15.5) | 248.4 | 350.3 |
| Total comprehensive income for the year | 0.1 | 0.1 | ||||||
| Dividends paid | (81.5) | (81.5) | ||||||
| Dividends received from | ||||||||
| Ashtead Holdings plc | 0 | 64.7 | 64.7 | |||||
| Own shares purchased by the ESOT | (12.0) | (12.0) | ||||||
| Share-based payments | 11.3 | (6.6) | 4.7 | |||||
| Tax on share-based payments | - | 0.2 | 0.2 | |||||
| Transfer of non-distributable reserve | 11 | (90.7) | 90.7 | |||||
| At 30 April 2016 | 55.3 | 3.6 | 0.9 | - | (33.1) | 116.21 | 316.0 | 326.5 |
c. Cash flow statement of the Company
| Note | 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| Cash flows from operating activities | |||
| Cash generated from operations | lj) | 30.4 | 76.7 |
| Financing costs paid - commitment fee | (1.6) | (1.8) | |
| Dividends received from Ashtead Holdings PLC | 64.71 | 160.2 | |
| Net cash from operating activities | 93.5 | 81.7 | |
| Cash flows from financing activities | |||
| Purchase of own shares by the ESOT | (12.0) | (20.3) | |
| Dividends paid | (81.5) | (61.4) | |
| Net cash used in financing activities | (93.5) | (81.7) | |
| Change in cash and cash equivalents |
d. Accounting policies
The Company financial statements have been prepared on the basis of the accounting policies set out in Note 2 above, supplemented by the policy on investments set out below.
lnvestments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less any necessary provision for imparment in the parent company palance sheet. Where an investment in a subsidiary is transfer subsidiary, any uplift in the value at which it is transferred over its carrying value is treated as a revaluation of the investment prior to the transfer and is credited to the revaluation reserve.
e, Income statement
Ashtead Group plc has not presented its own profit and loss account as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The amount of the profit for the financial year dealt with in the accounts of Ashtead Group plc is £0.1m (2015: E.ril). There were no other amounts of comprehensive income in the financial year.
f. Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
| 2016 Em |
2015 fm |
|
|---|---|---|
| Due within one year: | ||
| Ashtead Plant Hire Company Limited | 157.6 |
g. Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings
| 2016 Ciri |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Due within one year: | ||
| Ashtead Holdings PLC | 32.6 | 168.4 |
32 Parent Company Information Continued
h. Investments
| Shares in Group companies | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
| At 30 April | 363.7 | 363.7 |
Details of the Company's subsidiaries at 30 April 2016 are as follows:
| Name | Country of incorporation and operation | Principal activity |
|---|---|---|
| Ashtead Holdings PLC | England and Wales | Investment holding company |
| Ashtead US Holdings, Inc. | USA | Investment holding company |
| Ashtead Holdings, LLC | USA | Investment holding company |
| Sunbelt Rentals, Inc. | USA | Equipment rental and related services |
| Sunbelt Rentals Industrial Services LLC | USA | Equipment rental and related services |
| Sunbelt Rentals Scaffold Services, Inc. | USA | Equipment rental and related services |
| Empire Scaffold LLC | USA | Equipment rental and related services |
| Sunbelt Rentals of Canada Inc. | Canada | Equipment rental and related services |
| Ashtead Plant Hire Company Limited | England and Wales | Equipment rental and related services |
| PSS Utility Solutions Limited | Republic of Ireland | Equipment rental and related services |
| Ashtead Capital, Inc. | USA | Finance company |
| Ashtead Financing Limited | England and Wales | Finance company |
| Ashtead Financing Ilreland) | Republic of Ireland | Finance company |
| Accession Group Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Accession Holdings Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Anglia Traffic Management Group Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Ashtead Plant Hire Company (Ireland) Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| ATM (Scotland) Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| ATM (Signs) Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| ATM Traffic Solutions Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Event Infrastructure & Branding (Holdings) Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Event Infrastructure & Branding Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Eve Trakway Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Fraluk Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| G.B. Access Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Impress Brand Management Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Lux Traffic Controls Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Plant and Site Services Holdings Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Plant and Site Services Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| PSS Innovations Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Sheriff Plant Hire Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Temporary Roadway & Access Company Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
| Vincehire Limited | England and Wales | Dormant |
The issued share capital (all of which comprises ordinary shares) of subsidiaries is 100% owned by the Company or by subsidiary undertakings and all subsidiaries are consolidated.
i. Financial instruments
The book value and fair value of the Company's financial instruments are not materially different.
j. Notes to the Company cash flow statement
Cash flow from operating activities
| 2016 Em |
2015 Em |
|
|---|---|---|
| Operating profit | 1-6 | 1.7 |
| Depreciation | 0.1 | |
| EBITDA | 1.7 | 1.7 |
| Increase/[decrease] in accruals and deferred income | 1.4 | (1.6) |
| Increase/(decrease) in intercompany payable and receivable | 22.6 | (80.8) |
| Other non-cash movement | 4.7 | 4.0 |
| Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operations before exceptional items | 30.4 | (76.7) |
TEN-YEAR HISTORY
| 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| n Em | ||||||||||
| Income statement | ||||||||||
| Revenue* | 2,545.7 | 2.038.9 | 1,634.7 | 1,361.9 | 1.134.6 | 948.5 | 836.8 | 1,073.5 | 1,047.8 | 896.1 |
| Operating costs* | (1,368.1) | (1,130.5) | (949.6) | (842.9) | (753.5) | (664.7) | (581.7) | (717.4) | (684.1) | 585.8 |
| EBITDA* | 1.177.6 | 908.4 | 685.1 | 519.0 | 381.1 | 283.8 | 255.1 | 356.1 | 363.7 | 310.3 |
| Depreciation* | (449.4) | 351.51 | (275.9) | (229.0) | (199.8) | (185.0) | (186.6) | (201.1) | (176.6) | (159.8) |
| Operating profit+ | 17337 | 556.9 | 409.2 | 290.0 | 181.3 | 98.8 | 68.5 | 155.0 | 187.1 | 150.5 |
| nterest* | (82.9) | (67.3) | 47.1 | (44.6) | 150.7) | (67.8) | (63.5) | (67.6) | (74.8) | 69.11 |
| Pre-tax profit* | 645.3 | 489.6 | 362.1 | 245.4 | 130.6 | 31.0 | 5.0 | 87.4 | 112.3 | 81.4 |
| Operating profit | 5396 | 541.1 473.8 |
403.6 | 284.2 214.2 |
178.2 | 97.1 | 66.0 | 68.4 | 184.5 | 101.1 |
| Pre-tax profit/{loss} | 616.7 | 356.5 | 134.8 | 1.7 | 4.8 | 0.8 | 109.7 | (36.5) | ||
| Cash flow | ||||||||||
| Cash flow from operations before | ||||||||||
| exceptional items and changes | ||||||||||
| in rental fleet | 1,070.6 | 841.4 | 645.5 | 501.3 | 364.6 | 279.7 | 265.6 | 373.6 | 356.4 | 319.3 |
| Total cash (used)/generated before | ||||||||||
| exceptional costs and M&A | (68.0) | (87.9) | (48.5) | (34.0) | (9.4) | 65.6 | 199.2 | 166.0 | 14.8 | 20.3 |
| Balance sheet | ||||||||||
| Capital expenditure | 1,240.0 | 1,063.1 | 740.6 | 580.4 | 476.4 | 224.8 | 63.4 | 238-3 | 331.0 | 290.2 |
| Book cost of rental equipment | 4,480.8 | 3,638.2 | 2,575.8 | 2,186.5 | 1,854.1 | 1,621.6 | 1,701.3 | 1,798.2 | 1,528.4 | 1,434.1 |
| Shareholders' funds | 1,480.4 | 1,111.5 | 824.4 | 682.5 | 554.7 | 481.4 | 500.3 | 526.0 | 440.3 | 396.7 |
| In pence | ||||||||||
| Dividend per share | 22.5p | 15.25p | 11.5p | 7.5p | 3.5p | 3.0p | 2.9p | 2.575p | 2.5p | 1.65p |
| Earnings per share | 81.3p | 60.5p | 46.1p | 27.6p | 17.8p | 0.2p | 0.4p | 12.5p | 14.2p | 0.8p |
| Underlying earnings per share | 85.1p | 62.6p | 46.6p | 31.4p | 17.3p | 4.0p | 0.2p | 11.9p | 14.8p | 10.3p |
| In per cent | ||||||||||
| EBITOA margin* | 46.3% | 44.6% | 41.9% | 38.1% | 33.6% | 29.9% | 30.5% | 33.2% | 34.7% | 34.6% |
| Operating profit margin* | 28.6% | 27.3% | 25.0% | 21.3% | 16.0% | 10.4% | 8.2% | 14.4% | 17.9% | 16.8% |
| Pre-tax profit margin* | 25.3% | 24.0% | 22.2% | 18.0% | 11.5% | 3.3% | 0.6% | 8.1% | 10.7% | 9.1% |
| Return on investment* | 18.9% | 19.4% | 18.6% | 16.2% | 12.0% | 7.0% | 4.6% | 9.7% | 14.0% | 12.9% |
| People | ||||||||||
| Employees at year end | 13,106 | 11,928 | 9,934 | 9,085 | 8,555 | 8,163 | 7,218 | 8,162 | 9,594 | 10,077 |
| Locations | ||||||||||
| Stores at year end | 715 | 640 | 556 | 494 | 485 | 462 | 498 | 520 | 635 | 859 |
- Before exceptional items, amortisation and fair value remeasurements.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
7 September 2016
7 September 2016
6 December 2016
7 March 2017
13 June 2017
FUTURE DATES
Quarter 1 results 2016 Annual General Meeting Quarter 2 results Quarter 3 results Quarter 4 and year-end results
ADVISERS Auditor
Deloitte LLP 2 New Street Square London EC4A 3BZ
Registrars & Transfer Office
Equiniti Aspect House Spencer Road Lancing West Sussex BN99 6DA
Financial PR Advisers
The Maitland Consultancy 125 Shaftesbury Avenue London WC2H 8AD
Solicitors Travers Smith LLP 10 Snow Hill London EC1A 2AL
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom L.L.P 155 N Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606
Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein LLP 401 South Tryon Street Charlotte, NC 28202
Brokers
Jefferies Hoare Govett Vintners Place 68 Upper Thames Street London EC4V 3BJ
Barclays Bank plc North Colonnade Canary Wharf London E14 4BB
Registered number 01807982
Registered Office 100 Cheapside London EC2V 6DT
Ashtead Group plc
100 Cheapside London EC2V 6DT
Phone: + 44 (0) 20 7726 9700 Fax: + 44 (0) 20 7726 9705 www.ashtead-group.com
Printed in the UK by CPI Colour, a CarbonNeutral® company. Both manufacturing mill and the printer are registered to the Environmental Management System ISO14001 and are Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC®) chain-of-custody certified.
Designed and produced by conran design group